What's New | PUBLIC

Document Version: 1.0 – 2024-02-28

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

© 2024 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.

THE BEST RUN

Content

1 What's New. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

2 Cross Components. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.1 Analytics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
2.2 Master Data Governance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
2.3 Situation Handling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .17
2.4 What's New Viewer: Unified Category for Extensibility Changes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
2.5 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18

3 Asset Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
3.1 Maintenance Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .19
3.2 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44

4 Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4.1 Financial Planning and Analysis. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
4.2 Accounting and Financial Close. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
4.3 Financial Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 88
4.4 Billing and Revenue Innovation Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 91
4.5 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 104
4.6 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 106

5 Human Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107

5.1 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.2 Timesheet Analytics - Activities: Removal from Business Function SAP HCM for SAP S/4HANA
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
5.3 Timesheet Analytics - My Activities: Removal from Business Function SAP HCM for SAP S/4HANA
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 108
5.4 Business Catalog Deprecated. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .108
5.5 Posting - Enhancement of the Completeness Check on the employee level report. . . . . . . . . . . . . . 109
5.6 Access Configuration for Integration with SuccessFactors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110

6 Manufacturing. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
6.1 Environment, Health, and Safety. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
6.2 Extended Production Planning and Scheduling. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .132
6.3 Production Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .135
6.4 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142

7 Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

7.1 Cross-Area Features. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 143

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

2 PUBLIC Content
7.2 Extended Production Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 147
7.3 Extended Production Process Setup. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169
7.4 Extended Production Operations. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 169

8 R&D/Engineering. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
8.1 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 190
8.2 Product Compliance. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 199

9 Sales. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .201
9.1 Order and Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 201
9.2 Solution Business Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 205
9.3 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 209

10 Service. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
10.1 Service Master Data & Agreement Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
10.2 Service Operations & Processes. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 211
10.3 WebClient UI Framework. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 242

11 Sourcing and Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 245

11.1 Sourcing and Contract Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .245
11.2 Operational Procurement. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 246
11.3 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 247

12 Supply Chain. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248

12.1 Logistics Cross Topics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 248
12.2 Inventory. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 249
12.3 Warehouse Management. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .250
12.4 Delivery and Transportation. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 260
12.5 Advanced Order Promising. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 283
12.6 Extended Service Parts Planning. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
12.7 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288

13 Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
13.1 Business Network Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
13.2 Integration with SAP Concur. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
13.3 Integration with Industry Cloud Solutions from SAP. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 291
13.4 Master Data Replication Using SAP Master Data Integration. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 293
13.5 Integration with Microsoft Teams. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 294
13.6 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296

14 Country/Region Specifics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 297

15 Industries. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
15.1 Consumer. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 298
15.2 Energy & Natural Resources. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 312

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Content PUBLIC 3
15.3 Financial Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 329
15.4 Public Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 347

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

4 PUBLIC Content
1 What's New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA provides you with delta information on all new, changed or deleted features of
this product. The What's New Viewer provides the same information in an interactive format.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New PUBLIC 5
2 Cross Components

2.1 Analytics

2.1.1 Terminology Change: Web Dynpro Apps ->

Multidimensional Data Grid Apps

As of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01, we replace the term "Web Dynpro apps" with the term "multidimensional
data grid apps" in the documentation. With this, we have made the documentation more consistent and
clearer.

 Note

This terminology change affects the analytical apps of this type only. There are also Web-Dynpro-
based apps that are transactional apps, for example, W0130 (Display Account Balances), for which the
terminology does not change.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component BI-RA (Reporting, analytics, and dashboards)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

For all information related to this type of apps, see Multidimensional Data Grid Apps.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

6 PUBLIC Cross Components
2.2 Master Data Governance

2.2.1 Master Data Governance, Consolidation and Mass

Processing

2.2.1.1 Configure Address Handling in Best Record

Calculation

The way of how addresses are handled in the process step Best Record Calculation can be configured.

If there are duplicate business partners, the determination of whether addresses are added or merged is based
on the best record calculation. The standard logic compares a predefined set of address data fields, such as
postal code and street.

A new customization activity allows you to modify the logic by specifying additional fields from the ADRC table
to be taken into account during the comparison.

 Note

This feature is valid for classic mode and cloud-ready mode in SAP MDG.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG (Master Data Governance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

To configure the relevant fields for address handling you need to run the Customizing activity as described
below:

• Classic Mode
Cross-Application Components Master Data Governance Classic Mode in SAP MDG Consolidation
and Mass Processing Configure Best Record Calculation Configure Relevant Fields for Address
Handling

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Cross Components PUBLIC 7
• Cloud-Ready Mode
Cross-Application Components Master Data Governance Cloud-Ready Mode in SAP MDG
Configure Processes Configure Best Record Calculation Configure Relevant Fields for Address
Handling

Related Information

Configure Best Record Calculation

2.2.2 Master Data Governance, Central Governance

2.2.2.1 New Features for Master Data Governance for

Financials

We've added new features to Master Data Governance for Financials. For details on all the new features, see
Additional Details section below.

 Note

This feature is valid for classic mode in SAP MDG.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-APP-FIN (MDG for Financials.)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

In a Chart of Accounts, Only Allow Create Cost Element Group With Unique ID
With this feature, when a cost element group ID or cost element group hierarchy ID is created, a check is
performed to ensure that the ID is unique within the same chart of accounts.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

8 PUBLIC Cross Components
Update Initial Load to Support More Attributes for Account and Cost Center

With this feature, you can extract master data using the MDMGX transaction and load (initial load) financial data,
including the following attributes:

• S4ACCTYP
• S4ACSUBTY
• BUDGETCCT
• CCAVCPROF
• CCAVCACTV
• ACCMAINAC

2.2.2.2 New Features for Master Data Governance for

Material

We've added a new feature to Master Data Governance for Material. For details, see the Additional Details
section below.

 Note

This feature is valid for classic mode in SAP MDG.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-APP-MM (MDG Material)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Intergration of Refresh Change Request in Master Data Updates

To ensure that the intended backend changes on master data objects are not overwritten during change
request activation, the refresh existing change requests feature is triggered. This feature also ensures that the
changes are compatible and consistent.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Cross Components PUBLIC 9
2.2.2.3 New Features for Master Data Governance for
Business Partner

We've added new features to Master Data Governance for Business Partner. For details on all new features, see
the Additional Details section below.

 Note

This feature is valid for classic mode in SAP MDG.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-APP-BP (MDG Business Partner (Central Part).)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Integration of Refresh Change Request in Master Data Updates

To ensure that the intended backend changes on master data objects are not overwritten during change
request activation, the refresh existing change requests feature is triggered. This feature also ensures that the
changes are compatible and consistent.

Enhance Re-Use Check to Complete BP

With this feature, the complete business partner data can be checked. The validation can consider the
complete business partner to identify issues, for example created by Customizing changes.

2.2.2.4 New Features for Master Data Governance for

Supplier

We've added new features to Master Data Governance for Supplier. For details on all new features, see the
Additional Details section below.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

10 PUBLIC Cross Components
  Note

This feature is valid for classic mode in SAP MDG.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-APP-SUP (MDG Supplier (Central Parts))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Integration of Refresh Change Request in Master Data Updates

To ensure that the intended backend changes on master data objects are not overwritten during change
request activation, the refresh existing change requests feature is triggered. This feature also ensures that the
changes are compatible and consistent.

Enhance Re-Use Check to Complete BP

With this feature, the complete business partner data can be checked. The validation can consider the
complete business partner to identify issues, for example created by Customizing changes.

2.2.2.5 New Features for Master Data Governance for

Customer

We've added new features to Master Data Governance for Customer. For details on all the new features, see
Additional Details section below.

 Note

This feature is valid for classic mode in SAP MDG.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Cross Components PUBLIC 11
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-APP-CUS (MDG Customer (Central Parts).)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Integration of Refresh Change Request in Master Data Updates

To ensure that the intended backend changes on master data objects are not overwritten during change
request activation, the refresh existing change requests feature is triggered. This feature also ensures that the
changes are compatible and consistent.

Enhance Re-Use Check to Complete BP

With this feature, the complete business partner data can be checked. The validation can consider the
complete business partner to identify issues, for example created by Customizing changes.

2.2.2.6 Assign Data Controllers to Business Partner

All SAP Master Data Governance processes support the assignment of data controllers to a business partner.
You can assign data controllers to company codes and other organizational units like sales areas and
purchasing organizations. Once a data controller is either manually or automatically assigned to a business
partner, it ensures that only the users that are authorized for a certain data controller can access or edit the
business partner data.

 Note

This feature is valid for classic mode and cloud-ready mode in SAP MDG.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

12 PUBLIC Cross Components
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG (Master Data Governance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Existing Data

The Manage Business Partners app has been enhanced by a Data Controller section.

Effects on Customizing

Central functions that support the configuration of data controllers are grouped in Customizing under Cross-
Application Components under Data Protection General Settings Data Controller .

Activate Business Partner Data Controller

To be able to assign data controllers to business partners, make the following settings in Customizing:

1. Run the Customizing activity Cross-Application Components SAP Business Partner Business Partner
Basic Settings Activate Business Partner Data Controller .
2. Choose New Entries. In the Configuration ID field, choose the following entry using the input help (F4):
• BP_DC_CTRLR (Business Partner Data Controller): This configuration decides whether the data
controller is enabled for a business partner

Maintain Data Controllers and Assign Organizational Entities

Before you can start assigning data controllers to business partners, you must centrally define data controllers
that are relevant for your organization. Data controllers are defined by specifying which organizational entities
are relevant for them and, therefore, which data falls under the responsibility of a given data controller.

To define data controllers, run the Customizing activity Maintain Data Controllers. You can find more detailed
information in the system documentation of the Customizing activity. Create a new data controller and define a
name for it. Assign organizational entities to the data controller.

2.2.3 Master Data Governance, Data Quality Management

2.2.3.1 Disable Several Derivation Scenarios

With this feature you can disable several derivation scenarios at once by selecting them in the Define Derivation
Scenarios app and choosing Disable.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Cross Components PUBLIC 13
  Note

This feature is valid for classic mode and cloud-ready mode in SAP MDG.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-ADQ (Analysis and Remediation of Data Quality)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

2.2.3.2 Derive Data for Additional Data Model Tables

With this feature you can define derivation rules for data model tables that have no additional key fields
(besides BP_PARTNER/MATNR). This allows you to further automate the process of maintaining master data.

 Note

This feature is valid for classic mode and cloud-ready mode in SAP MDG.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-ADQ (Analysis and Remediation of Data Quality)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

14 PUBLIC Cross Components
Additional Details

For business partners, the BP001 (Financial Services Details) and UKMBP_CMS (Credit Master Data) tables are
supported as result tables for derivation rules for tables.

For products, the MARA_AEOI (Change Management) table is supported as a result table for derivation rules for
tables.

2.2.3.3 Derive Classification Data

With this feature you can use derivation scenarios to derive classification data (class assignments and
characteristics) for products, customers, and suppliers.

 Note

This feature is valid for classic mode and cloud-ready mode in SAP MDG.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG-ADQ (Analysis and Remediation of Data Quality)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

For information about deriving classification data in lower releases, please refer to SAP Note 3367412 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Cross Components PUBLIC 15
2.2.4 Master Data Governance, Federated Master Data
Governance

2.2.4.1 Application Data Owners in Classic Mode on Lower

Releases

Customers who are unable to update all participating application data owners to the required SAP S/4HANA
release have the option to use systems operating on older SAP S/4HANA releases. This can be accomplished
by establishing classical central governance processes, which are based on MDG change requests.

 Note

This feature is valid for cloud-ready mode in SAP MDG.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-MDG (Master Data Governance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The system, which serves as the core data owner, needs to be running on SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01 or higher.

Effects on Customizing

To enable application data owners in classic mode on lower releases you need to run the Customizing activity
Cross-Application Components Master Data Governance Federated Master Data Governance Specify
Application Data Owners in Classic Mode on the of the core data owner system, and several custom
enhancements for the application data owners. For more information, see Specify Application Data Owners
in Classic Mode.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

16 PUBLIC Cross Components
2.3 Situation Handling

2.3.1 New Use Cases for Situation Handling

Technical Details

Type

Functional Localization Localized for <country/region>

Scope Item

Application Component ()

Valid as Of

Additional Details

Effects on Existing Data

Effects on Data Transfer

Effects on System Administration

Effects on Customizing

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Cross Components PUBLIC 17
2.4 What's New Viewer: Unified Category for Extensibility
Changes

Extensibility comprises a set of features for different use cases, such as developer extensibility, key user
extensibility, or side-by-side extensibility. These features are supported by various objects released for these
purposes, including remote APIs, CDS views, BAdIs, and others. In the What's New Viewer for SAP S/4HANA,
there's now one single category in which all changes relating to extensibility are included: Extensibility.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component Not applicable

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

In previous releases, changes to extensibility objects were assigned to different categories, such as API, CDS
Views, or Extensibility. As some object types support more than one extensibility use case, all these changes
are now included in the single category Extensibility. You can use the category as a filter in the What's New
Viewer to easily identify all changes relating to any of the extensibility types.

For more information about different types of extensibility in SAP S/4HANA, see Extensibility.

2.5 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see What's New Viewer.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

18 PUBLIC Cross Components
3 Asset Management

3.1 Maintenance Management

3.1.1 OData API: Maintenance Item

When you read the details of a maintenance item using the OData API Maintenance Item, you can now see the
functional location ID along with the functional location label name.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-PRM-MP (Maintenance Plans)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Maintenance Item

3.1.2 CDS View for Maintenance Task List Component

With the CDS view Maintenance Task List Operation Material (I_MaintTaskListOpMaterial), you can
retrieve a list of components that are assigned to task list operations and suboperations. This can help you
prepare a custom report on the usage of task list components.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 19
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Maintenance Task List Operation Material

3.1.3 CDS View for Maintenance Strategy

With the CDS view Maintenance Package (I_MaintenancePackage), you can retrieve the details of the
maintenance packages in a maintenance strategy.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Maintenance Package

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

20 PUBLIC Asset Management
3.1.4 CDS View for Maintenance Order Component

With the new CDS view Maintenance Order Component Data (I_MaintOrderComponentDEX), you can retrieve
information about the components and lean services that are assigned to maintenance order operations.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Maintenance Order Component Data

3.1.5 Measurement Document: Time Zone Conversion

When you process or display measurement documents in the Web Dynpro apps, you can view all the dates and
times in your local user time zone. The system converts the system time zone into the time zone of the current
user as set in the SAP Fiori Launchpad.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 21
Scope Item BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

3MO (Service Contract Management)

3D2 (Service Order Management and Monitoring)

3XK (In-House Repair)

49X (Service Order Processing with SAP Field Service Man-

agement)

4GA (Service Quotation)

4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

4WM (Operational and Overhead Maintenance)

4VT (Improvement Maintenance)

Application Component PM-EQM-SF-MPC (Measuring Points and Counters)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

3.1.6 Assign Order Type or Notification Type to Maintenance

Item

With the Manage Maintenance Plans (F5325) app and Manage Maintenance Items (F5356) app, you can now
assign an order type or a notification type for a maintenance item in the initial screen while creating the
maintenance item. The order type or the notification type is based on the maintenance plan category. Earlier,
you had to go to the object page of a maintenance item to assign the order type.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-PRM-MP (Maintenance Plans)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

22 PUBLIC Asset Management
Effects on Existing Data

When you create a maintenance item, you can select an order type or a notification type in the intial screen.

Related Information

Manage Maintenance Items

3.1.7 Find Maintenance Task List and Operation App

In the Find Maintenance Task List and Operation app, you can now use the value helps to select calculation key,
inspection points, external numbering, reference element, and currency as filters. The columns for execution
stage and external numbering display the values along with their descriptions.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

4WM (Operational and Overhead Maintenance)

4VT (Improvement Maintenance)

Application Component PM-PRM-TL (Maintenance Task Lists)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Find Maintenance Task List and Operation

3.1.8 Find Maintenance Task List App

In the Find Maintenance Task List app, the following changes have been made in the filters:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 23
• You can now select system condition, inspection points, external numbering, and reference element using
the corresponding value help. The columns for system condition and external numbering now display the
values along with their descriptions.
• You can now filter task lists based on task list group and task list group counter.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

4WM (Operational and Overhead Maintenance)

4VT (Improvement Maintenance)

Application Component PM-PRM-TL (Maintenance Task Lists)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Find Maintenance Task List

3.1.9 Maintenance Order Costs: Phase and Subphase

With this feature, you can use the Maintenance Order Costs (F4603) app to monitor and evaluate costs of
phase-enabled maintenance orders that are in a specific subphase.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

24 PUBLIC Asset Management
Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can now filter the result set by one or more subphases and thereby restrict your cost analysis to
maintenance orders that are processed according to phases. The chart view and the table view show only
the costs resulting from maintenance orders that currently belong to the selected subphases. For example, if
you select the Closed (Order) subphase, you can compare the final actual costs that have been posted on the
phase-enabled maintenance orders with the corresponding planned costs.

Effects on Existing Data

To enable the monitoring of maintenance order costs belonging to specific subphases, the user interface has
been enhanced as follows:

• The field Subphase has been added to the Filters area. You can select one or several subphases to filter the
result set in the content area. The value help also shows the corresponding process phases.
• The table columns Subphase and Phase have been added to the Maintenance Costs results table in the
content area.

Related Information

Maintenance Order Costs

Analyzing Costs Across Several Maintenance Orders

3.1.10 Phase-Enabled Maintenance Order: External

Operations

With this feature, the logic for completing external operations in phase-enabled maintenance orders has been
changed.

Up to now, a final time confirmation for an external order operation with the control key PM02 did not have
any impact on the corresponding subphase. Even when the CNF (Confirmed) system status had been set, the
external order operation stayed in the Work in Execution subphase of the Execution phase. With this feature,

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 25
the logic has changed in such a way that external order operations with the system status CNF (Confirmed) are
always passed on to the Work Finished subphase of the Post Execution phase.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

If you have categorized order operations or suboperations as external operations and assigned the control
key PM02, you determine that the maintenance work is planned to be performed by an external service
provider. In general, you can process external operations with or without time confirmations. If you do not
post time confirmations, the logic for completing an external operation has not changed. If you do post time
confirmations, the logic has changed in such a way that external operations that have been finally confirmed
are passed on to the Work Finished subphase of the Post Execution phase. This always applies independently of
whether any goods receipts have been posted or lean services have been confirmed.

Related Information

Organizing External Maintenance Work

3.1.11 Mass Editing Header Details of Maintenance Orders

This feature enables you to edit additional header details of one or more maintenance orders in the Find
Maintenance Orders app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

26 PUBLIC Asset Management
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-FIO (Fiori UI for Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The Edit Orders action in the Find Maintenance Orders app (F2175) has been enhanced with the following
sections and fields for mass-editing:

Section Available Fields

Reference Object • Equipment

• Functional location
• Material
• Serial number

Location Data • Location

• Plant section
• ABC indicator

Additional Data Responsible cost center

Responsibilities • Main work center

• Planner group
• Main work center plant
• Person responsible

Related Information

Find Maintenance Orders

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 27
Mass Editing of Maintenance Orders

3.1.12 Maintenance Order: Select Materials and Services

from Purchase Contract
With this feature, you can select materials and services from a purchase contract and copy them to a
maintenance order operation. For this purpose, a new button Select from Contract is now available on the
relevant screens in the Change Maintenance Order app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The new Select from Contract button is available on the Materials and Services tab pages of the operation
details and in the Material Overview of a maintenance order.

When you choose this button, the system displays a list of purchase contracts along with the materials and
services contained in them. You can select these items and copy them to the maintenance order. To identify
the required materials or services, you can filter the list according to certain criteria, such as the supplier or
the validity period. If the contract items are arranged in a hierarchy list, you can expand the individual hierarchy
levels (item sets) to find and select the relevant materials and services.

Effects on Customizing

To display the Select from Contract in the Change Maintenance Order app, you need to activate the additional
function CONTRACTWD (Select from Contract in Order Web Dynpro) in Customizing for Plant Maintenance and

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

28 PUBLIC Asset Management
Customer Service under System Enhancements and Data Transfer Activate Functions for Enterprise Asset
Management .

Related Information

Working with Operation Data in the Order

Manage Purchase Contracts

3.1.13 Creating Multiple Billable Maintenance Orders for an

Execution Order Item (Distributed Execution)

As a maintenance planner, you can now create more than one billable maintenance order for an execution
order item. This allows you to break down the maintenance planning and execution into smaller parts based on
various criteria such as geographical area, technical expertise, phases, and so on.

You can create multiple billable maintenance orders for an execution order item by creating a copy of an
existing billable maintenance order, creating a follow-on order, or by creating a suborder.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

You need to configure an item category to make it available for the Distributed Execution scenario. Go to the
configuration activity using this path: Service Transactions Basic Settings Define Item Categories .
Select the Distributed Execution checkbox for the item category.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 29
Related Information

Order Processing: Service with Advanced Execution

Distributed Execution
Billable Maintenance Order: Configuration and Prerequisites

3.1.14 Customizing Field Selection and Basic Order View

Profiles for Billable Maintenance Orders

With this feature, you can customize the display of billable maintenance orders when using the Service with
Advanced Execution process.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution), 6AU

(Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can now set up basic order view profiles by using a screen area that displays data specific to billable
maintenance orders. The Billable checkbox is displayed on the order header.

You can now also control the display of the fields specific to billable maintenance orders.

Effects on Customizing

In Customizing activity Define View Profiles, you can now use the new screen area 051 with the title Billable
Maintenance Order to display data specific to billable maintenance orders. You can find this Customizing
activity in Customizing for Plant Maintenance and Customer Service under Maintenance and Service
Processing Maintenance and Service Orders Functions and Settings for Order Types Basic Order View .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

30 PUBLIC Asset Management
Additionally, the two new maintenance activities Field Selection for Billable Maintenance Order Sales Data and
Field Selection for Billable Maintenance Order Service Data are available in Customizing activity Define Field
Selection for Order Header Data (PM). With these two new activities, you can control the display of fields
specific to the billable maintenance orders. You can find this Customizing activity in Customizing forPlant
Maintenance and Customer Service under Maintenance and Service Processing Maintenance and Service
Orders .

3.1.15 Using WBS Elements in Billable Maintenance Orders

With this feature, you can assign billable maintenance orders to projects.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution), 6AU

(Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component PM-WOC-MO (Maintenance Orders)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can now assign a billable maintenance order to a project by entering the WBS element in the billable order.
Note that project stock components are not allowed in billable maintenance orders.

Related Information

Assigning an Order to a Project

3.1.16 Integration with Asset Performance Management

The business function (EAM_APM_INTEGRATION) allows you to control the integration of SAP S/4HANA Asset
Management with SAP Asset Performance Management (APM).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 31
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

When you switch on this business function, the following occur:

• A new configuration node called EAM-APM Integration is available under Plant Maintenance and Customer
Service.
• A new configuration activity called Assign RFC Destination for APM Integration is created under EAM-APM
Integration.

Effects on Existing Data

When you maintain the Remote Function Call (RFC) destination in the configuration activity Assign RFC
Destination for APM Integration, the following capabilities are available:

• An additional tab called Recommendations is available in the object page of the Find Maintenance Task List
app (F2660).
• You have the option to select from the recommended task lists for a maintenance plan in the Screen
Maintenance Requests app (F4072).
• An additional tab called Recommendation is available in the object page of the Manage Maintenance Items
app (F5356).

Related Information

Integration with Asset Performance Management

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

32 PUBLIC Asset Management
3.1.17 Inspection Checklist Process on the Web UI

With this feature, you can generate and process inspection checklists for maintenance order operations on the
SAP Web UI for Plant Maintenance and in SAP Fiori. Previously, this process was only available in SAP GUI. In
addition, the relevant APIs for Maintenance Management have been enhanced to support checklist processing.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-CL (Checklist)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

If you have configured the inspection checklist process in your system and activated the relevant SAP Fiori
apps, you now have the following additional options for processing inspection checklists:

• Specify a checklist type at operation level in maintenance task lists and maintenance orders using the
Change Task List app or the Change Maintenance Order app. The system can then generate an inspection
checklist for the corresponding order operations when the maintenance order is released.
• Navigate from the Display Maintenance Order app to the Manage Inspection Lots app (F2343) to view
assigned inspection checklists. Depending on your authorizations, you can also record inspection results
and make usage decisions.
• View the inspection checklists assigned to a job in the Perform Maintenance Jobs app. Depending on
your authorizations, you can also navigate to the Record Inspection Results app (F1685A) to view detailed
information about the relevant inspection lot and record inspection results.
• Use checklist types to filter the results list in the Find Maintenance Orders and Operations app and the Find
Maintenance Task List and Operation app.
• Read or update the checklist type for an operation using the Maintenance Order (Version 2) API and the
Maintenance Task List API.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 33
Effects on Existing Data

The user interface of the relevant apps has been enhanced with the following new fields and functions:

• In maintenance task lists and maintenance orders, the field Checklist Type has been added to the
operations table and operation details.
• In the Display Maintenance Order app, the option Manage Inspection Lots has been added to the Additional
Functions menu. Once checklists have been generated for a maintenance order, this option allows you to
navigate from the order to the Manage Inspection Lots app.
• The Perform Maintenance Jobs app has been enhanced with several new filters which allow you to easily
identify jobs with assigned checklists. If a job contains at least one checklist, an additional Checklists
tab is available on the details page of the job. For each checklist, the system displays the relevant
inspection lot as well as a colored status bar with a quick view that provides compact information about the
available checklist items, their valuation status, and additional details. You can also navigate to the Record
Inspection Results app.
• In the Find Maintenance Orders and Operations app and the Find Maintenance Task List and Operation app,
the field Checklist Type is available as a filter, table column, and on the operation object page.

In addition, the operation entity of the Maintenance Order (Version 2) API and the Maintenance Task List API
has been enhanced with the new property MaintOperationalChecklistType, which allows you to read or
update the checklist type for an operation.

Effects on System Administration

• To use the inspection checklist process on the SAP Web UI, you need to activate the business function
EAM, Inspection Checklists (LOG_EAM_CHECKLIST).
• To access inspection checklists from maintenance orders on the SAP Web UI, the Manage Inspection Lots
app (F2343) must be activated in your system. To record inspection results via the Perform Maintenance
Jobs app, the Record Inspection Results app (F1685A) must be activated in your system. The business
catalog EAM - Inspection Checklist (SAP_EAM_BC_INSPCHKLST), which is included in the SAP business
role for the Maintenance Planner (SAP_BR_MAINTENANCE_PLANNER), now allows users to access the
Manage Inspection Lots app and the Record Inspection Results app with the authorization to record
inspection results and make usage decisions. Depending on the permissions you want to grant your users,
make sure to adjust the authorizations accordingly in your custom business roles.

Effects on Customizing

• You need to configure the inspection checklist process in your system as described under Planning of the
Inspection Checklist Process.
• To display the required fields in the maintenance order and maintenance task list, the checklist process
must be configured for the relevant order type and planning plant using the Customizing activity Configure
Checklists for Maintenance Order Types and Planning Plants in Customizing for Plant Maintenance and
Customer Service under Maintenance and Service Processing Maintenance and Service Orders
Functions and Settings for Order Types .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

34 PUBLIC Asset Management
  Note

To be able to generate inspection checklists for operations on the SAP Web UI, make sure that
automatic object list generation is enabled for the relevant order types and planning plants in this
activity. In addition, we recommend enabling automatic checklist generation. If you do not do this, you
have to trigger checklist generation by means of a job or manually using the SAP GUI transaction IW92.

Related Information

Inspection Checklists on the Web UI

Perform Maintenance Jobs
Manage Inspection Lots
Record Inspection Results

3.1.18 Assignment of Multiple Maintenance Technicians to

Execute a job in Perform Maintenance Jobs

This feature enables all the assigned maintenance technicians to review, execute, and report their respective
findings for a job.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

4HH (Reactive Maintenance)

4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

4WM (Operational and Overhead Maintenance)

4VT (Improvement Maintenance)

Application Component PM (Plant Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 35
Related Information

Perform Maintenance Jobs

3.1.19 Manage Safety Certificates App

With this app, you can create new safety certificates or manage the existing safety certificates that are active,
non-active, or closed in the system. New certificates can be created with reference to an existing work permit,
a predesigned safety certificate template, or independently. Once the safety certificate has been created, you
can enhance the record with additional details related to the safety requirements. A validated certificate goes
through an approval process that adheres to a four-eyes principle.

A safety certificate can be integrated with a work permit when the maintenance job demands additional control
measures.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PM-WCM

(Work Clearance Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

For the Customizing entries required for the Permit to Work scenarios, go to Plant Maintenance and
Customer Service Work Clearance Management Permit to Work .

Related Information

Permit to Work
Manage Safety Certificates

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

36 PUBLIC Asset Management
3.1.20 Manage Safety Certificate Templates App

With this app, you can create new safety certificate templates or manage the existing safety certificate
templates that are active, non-active, or closed in the system. New certificate templates can be created with
reference to another certificate template or independently. Once the certificate template has been created,
you can enhance the record with additional details related to the safety requirements. A validated certificate
template goes through an approval process that adheres to a four-eyes principle. A partially approved or a
fully approved template can be used as a reference template in the Manage Safety Certificates app to generate
safety certificates in a consistent format.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PM-WCM

(Work Clearance Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

For the Customizing entries required for the Permit to Work scenarios, go to Plant Maintenance and
Customer Service Work Clearance Management Permit to Work .

Related Information

Permit to Work
Manage Safety Certificate Templates

3.1.21 Permit to Work Overview App

With this app, you can view a summarized view of the open work permits and safety certificates associated
with a planning plant. The app allows you to monitor the key figures, such as the work permits and safety
certificates available based on their record type, processing status, and utilization in work centers. You can

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 37
personalize the information displayed on the page by choosing additional location units within the selected
planning plant.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PM-WCM

(Work Clearance Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following screenshot shows the cards that are available in the Permit to Work Overview app:

 Note

This image is available only in English.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

38 PUBLIC Asset Management
Effects on Customizing

For the Customizing entries required for the Permit to Work scenarios, go to Plant Maintenance and
Customer Service Work Clearance Management Permit to Work .

Related Information

Permit to Work
Permit to Work Overview

3.1.22 Work Permit and Safety Certificate Integration in

Permit to Work

A work permit can be integrated with a safety certificate (or vice versa) when the maintenance job requires
additional control measures. The safety certificate becomes a requirement when an associated safety
precaution needs a certificate to ensure the completion of its enclosed safety requirements. When certificate
is assigned to a work permit, it becomes mandatory that the safety requirements in the certificate are
implemented before the work permit has been printed/issued.

A work permit can be attached to the safety certificate (or vice versa) either manually or through reference
objects. The assignment will be updated in the respective sections in the Manage Work Permits and the Manage
Safety Certificates apps.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PM-WCM

(Work Clearance Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 39
Effects on Customizing

For the Customizing entries required for the Permit to Work scenarios, go to Plant Maintenance and
Customer Service Work Clearance Management Permit to Work .

Related Information

Permit to Work
Manage Work Permits
Manage Safety Certificates

3.1.23 Work Permit Template and Safety Certificate Template

Integration in Permit to Work

A work permit template can be integrated with a safety certificate template and associate the work activity with
additional control measures. When a work permit template is assigned to a safety certificate template (or vice
versa), the assignment is updated in the respective sections in the Manage Safety Certificate Templates and the
Manage Work Permit Templates apps.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PM-WCM

(Work Clearance Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

For the Customizing entries required for the Permit to Work scenarios, go to Plant Maintenance and
Customer Service Work Clearance Management Permit to Work .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

40 PUBLIC Asset Management
Related Information

Permit to Work
Manage Safety Certificate Templates
Manage Work Permit Templates

3.1.24 Deletion of Manage Maintenance Plan and Item List

App

The Manage Maintenance Plan and Item List (W0026) app has been deleted and is no longer available on the
SAP Fiori launchpad. You can use the following successor apps which are available on the SAP Fiori launchpad:
Manage Maintenance Plans (F5325) and Manage Maintenance Items (F5356).

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4HI (Proactive Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-PRM-MP (Maintenance Plans)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Manage Maintenance Items

Manage Maintenance Plans

3.1.25 Deletion of Manage Notification List App

The Manage Notification List (W0004) app has been deleted and is no longer available on the SAP Fiori
launchpad. You can use the following successor app which is available on the SAP Fiori launchpad: Find
Maintenance Notification (F2071).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 41
Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC-MN (Maintenance Notification)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Find Maintenance Notification

3.1.26 Deletion of Manage Order List App

The Manage Order List app has been deleted and is no longer available on the SAP Fiori launchpad. Please use
the following successor apps:

• Find Maintenance Orders (F2175)

• Find Maintenance Orders and Operations (F2173)

If you process your maintenance notifications and orders according to phases, you can also use the Manage
Maintenance Notifications and Orders app (F4604).

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC (Maintenance Processing)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

42 PUBLIC Asset Management
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Find Maintenance Orders

Find Maintenance Orders and Operations
Manage Maintenance Notifications and Orders

3.1.27 Deletion of Manage Orders and Notifications in

Information Center App

The Manage Orders and Notifications in Information Center app has been deleted and is no longer available on
the SAP Fiori launchpad. Please use the following successor apps:

• Find Maintenance Orders (F2175)

• Find Maintenance Orders and Operations (F2173)
• Find Maintenance Notification (F2071)

If you process your maintenance notifications and orders according to phases, you can also use the Manage
Maintenance Notifications and Orders app (F4604).

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BH1 (Corrective Maintenance)

BH2 (Emergency Maintenance)

BJ2 (Preventive Maintenance)

Application Component PM-WOC (Maintenance Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Asset Management PUBLIC 43
Effects on System Administration

Note that the corresponding business catalog EAM - Information Center (SAP_EAM_BC_INFO_MC) has been
deleted along with this app. The business catalogs that give access to the successor apps are already included
in the business role templates for the Maintenance Planner and Maintenance Technician roles.

Related Information

Find Maintenance Orders

Find Maintenance Orders and Operations
Manage Maintenance Notifications and Orders
Find Maintenance Notification

3.2 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see What's New Viewer.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

44 PUBLIC Asset Management
4 Finance

4.1 Financial Planning and Analysis

4.1.1 Financial Planning

4.1.1.1 Greenhouse Gas Emission Planning in SAP

Analytics Cloud

At SAP, we understand the critical role that greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions play in our global environment
and their substantial impact not only on the climate, but also on financials. Therefore, we've enhanced
the Integrated Financial Planning for SAP S/4HANA business content in SAP Analytics Cloud to seamlessly
incorporate carbon dioxide equivalent (CO2e) planning.

CO2e activity rates can be calculated for subsequent use in product costing. Our solution allows corporations
to manage their environmental footprint strategically alongside their economic sustainability goals. It collates
CO2e emissions data with traditional financial metrics, offering a comprehensive overview of a company's
operations and impact. This not only leads to the development of environmentally responsible strategies, but
also identifies financial risks and costs that go along with GHG emissions.

For more information, please see Greenhouse Gas Emission Planning.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RC

1HB

Application Component CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAC Planning Content)

CO-FIO-OM-PL (Manage Financial Plan Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 45
Prerequisite

Financial planning has been performed and the financial plan is complete and consistent.

Additional Details

To support this new function, we've implemented two new stories for you to choose from for your GHG
emission planning. Each story requires different parts of the Integrated Financial Planning for SAP S/4HANA
business content as prerequisites, for example, the raw materials coming from product cost planning and the
cost centers from the operating expense (OPEX) planning model.

• Option 1: Perform the Greenhouse Gas Emission Factor Planning and Valuation story
(SAP_FI_IFP_IM_Cross_CO2E_FactorPlanningAndValuation).
This option requires you to plan the quantities of raw materials, CO2e-related cost center expenses, and
CO2e-related performance quantities (such as energy cost centers). This enables the calculation of the
corporate footprint.
For more information, see Greenhouse Gas Emission Factor Planning and Valuation.
• Option 2: Perform the following two stories in the following order:
1. Greenhouse Gas Emission Factor Planning and Valuation story
(SAP_FI_IFP_IM_Cross_CO2E_FactorPlanningAndValuation)
2. Greenhouse Gas Emission Allocation to Cost Center and Product story
(SAP_FI_IFP_IM_Cross_CO2E_AllocationToCCtrAndProduct)
Using option 2 is more comprehensive, incorporating Integrated Financial Planning along with quantity
structures, allocations, and cost center activity planning. This enables a detailed breakdown of CO2
emissions, specifying them according to product and cost center.
For more information, see
• Greenhouse Gas Emission Factor Planning and Valuation
• Greenhouse Gas Emission Allocation to Cost Center and Product

To get an overview of the main process steps of the GHG emission planning, please have a look at this topic:
Greenhouse Gas Emission Planning - Process Overview.

 Note

The following multimedia content displays screens and interfaces in English only.

Greenhouse Gas Emission Planning Landing Page

To open the stories, from the main menu of the SAP Analytics Cloud system, choose Files
Public SAP_Content SAP_FI_IFP_Financial_Planning Stories SAP_FI_IFP_IM_Cross_LandingPage .
Then choose Greenhouse Gas Emission Planning.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

46 PUBLIC Finance
 Greenhouse Gas Emission Planning landing page

The following screenshots give you an initial glimpse of the new application:

• On the Raw Material Factors page of the Greenhouse Gas Emission Factor Planning and Valuation story, you
can plan the raw material CO2e factor for each component quantity unit.

Raw Material Factors page of the Greenhouse Emission Factor Planning and Valuation story
• On the Allocations page of the Greenhouse Gas Emission Allocation to Cost Center and Product story, you
can allocate cost center sales and admin CO2e to plant and product based on plan gross revenue. As a
result of the allocation, the credits to cost centers in the OPEX model are displayed in the left-hand table,
resulting in the sum of debits and credits being zero. The corresponding debits to plant and product in the
profitability model are displayed in the right-hand table.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 47
 Allocations page of the Greenhouse Gas Emission Allocation to Cost Center and Product story
• On the Total CO2e page of the Greenhouse Gas Emission Allocation to Cost Center and Product story,
you can copy the CO2e overhead costs from the underlying plans to the financial statement model. This
includes the following:
• Raw material CO2e from the product cost planning model
• Cost center CO2e from the OPEX planning model
• Product CO2e from the sales and profitability planning model
As a result, the total CO2e is displayed in the left-hand table in addition to the financial statement and
CO2e-flow statement.

Total CO2e page of the Greenhouse Gas Emission Allocation to Cost Center and Product story

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

48 PUBLIC Finance
Effects on System Administration

To utilize this feature, you need to update the Integrated Financial Planning for SAP S/4HANA business content
within SAP Analytics Cloud. For more information, please see Importing SAP Business Content: Integrated
Financial Planning for SAP S/4HANA and SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

Related Information

Greenhouse Gas Emission Planning

4.1.1.2 FTE Planning in Financial Statement Planning in

SAP Analytics Cloud

As part of the Integrated Financial Planning for SAP S/4HANA business content, we already offer the Workforce
Planning Integration story that enables you to transfer FTE (full-time equivalent) from SAP Human Experience
Management Workforce Planning to Financial Statement Planning and Operating Expense Planning. For more
information, see Workforce Planning Integration.

However, if you don’t have the integration option, you can now enter the FTE manually. To enable this, we’ve
added the new page Enter FTE in the Financial Statement Planning Administration story. For more information,
see Financial Statement Planning Administration.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RC

1HB

Application Component CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAC Planning Content)

CO-FIO-OM-PL (Manage Financial Plan Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 49
Additional Details

 Note

The following multimedia content displays screens and interfaces in English only.

• The table on the Enter FTE page of the Financial Statement Planning story is prefilled. You can adjust the
numbers for your planning.

Enter FTE Page in the Financial Statement Planning Administration Story

• On the KPIs page of the Financial Statement Reporting story, you can view the result of FTE planning, such
as the travel costs per FTE.

KPIs Page in the Financial Statement Reporting Story

Effects on System Administration

To utilize this feature, you need to update the Integrated Financial Planning for SAP S/4HANA business content
within SAP Analytics Cloud. For more information, please see Importing SAP Business Content: Integrated
Financial Planning for SAP S/4HANA and SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

50 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Financial Statement Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud

4.1.1.3 Raw Material Planning in Product Cost Planning in

SAP Analytics Cloud

The Product Cost Resource Planning story in SAP Analytics Cloud has been enhanced. In the past, it was always
assumed that only what is actually consumed is purchased. Now, the calculated raw material required for
production is posted as credits and debits. You can adjust the debits for purchased materials. The difference is
reflected in the raw material inventory. This enables a more accurate planning of the warehouse goods if more
is purchased than required for production, for example, for cost reasons. In addition, the new resource planning
function separates the cost center resources and the material resources for better transparency.

For more information, see Product Cost Resource Planning.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RC

1HB

Application Component CO-FIO-SAC-PL (SAC Planning Content)

CO-FIO-OM-PL (Manage Financial Plan Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Prerequisites

• You've derived the quantity structure from the cost estimate.

• You've copied the sales quantities from the profitability plan.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 51
Additional Details

 Note

The following multimedia content displays screens and interfaces in English only.

In the past, only the Resources page existed in the Product Cost Resource Planning story. Now we have the
following three pages instead. In addition, we have introduced the new dimension Controlling Debit Credit Code.

• Cost Center Resources

Cost Center Resources page

On the Cost Center Resources page, you can calculate the cost center resource consumption (total activity
quantity) based on the sales quantities and the quantity structure. The cost center resources are posted as
credits. This data is also transferred to the OPEX planning as credits to be taken into account for the cost
center calculation.
• Raw Material Resources

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

52 PUBLIC Finance
 Raw Material Resources page

On the Raw Material Resources page, you can calculate the material resource consumption (total raw
material quantity) based on the sales quantities and the quantity structure. The calculated raw material
quantities are then posted as credits and debits. You can adjust the debits for your planning.
• Raw Material Inventory

Raw Material Inventory page

On the Raw Material Inventory page, you can calculate the raw material inventory changes based on the
debit and credit quantities and the component prices. The result is posted to an inventory account.

Effects on System Administration

To utilize this feature, you need to update the Integrated Financial Planning for SAP S/4HANA business content
within SAP Analytics Cloud. For more information, please see Importing SAP Business Content: Integrated
Financial Planning for SAP S/4HANA and SAP S/4HANA Cloud.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 53
Related Information

Product Cost Planning in SAP Analytics Cloud

4.2 Accounting and Financial Close

4.2.1 Organizational Change Report - Master Data Lists

With this app, you can view objects that were affected by an organizational change in a list view. In this list view,
you can analyze all objects by profit center and search for specific objects.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 4PG

Application Component FI-GL-OC (Organizational Changes in Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can use this app to analyze the effect of an organizational change and the corresponding reassignment of
profit centers. Reporting is available anytime during the organizational change, but only after a simulation has
been performed.

The reassignment status of profit centers depends on the status of the organizational change. After an
organizational change has been simulated, the profit center reassignment doesn't occur, and the status is
displayed accordingly. After an organizational change is processed, the profit center reassignment status
should be successful.

Effects on Existing Data

The reorganization of profit centers ensures adjustments of master data and transfer postings for selected
balance sheet items per profit center (field PRCTR).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

54 PUBLIC Finance
Effects on Data Transfer

The reorganization of profit centers ensures transfer postings for selected balance sheet items per profit
center. Profit and loss amounts are not transferred for historical periods.

Effects on Customizing

After you create an organizational change, you have the option to simulate the organizational change and you
can view the simulated data in this app.

To use the simulation feature, the Define Extension Ledger activity must be completed first.

For more information, refer to Configuration Activities for Organizational Changes.

Related Information

Organizational Changes in Accounting

Organizational Change Report - Master Data Lists

4.2.2 App Extensibility: Organizational Change Report -

Master Data Lists

With this app, you can view objects that were affected by an organizational change in a list view. In this list view,
you can analyze all objects by profit center and search for specific objects. Now, you can use the Custom Fields
app to extend the Organizational Change Report - Master Data Lists app to include additional fields.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 4PG

Application Component FI-GL-OC (Organizational Changes in Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 55
Additional Details

In the Custom Fields app, you can create data source extensions to extend the Organizational Change Report
- Master Data Lists app to include additional fields provided by the following data sources (consumption CDS
views):

Data Source Name Entity Type

C_BillingProfitCtrToSlsOrdItem Consumption CDS View

C_PrftCtrToCtrlgProdnOrd Consumption CDS View

C_PrftCtrToProdCostCollector Consumption CDS View

C_PrftCtrToQltyCostCollector Consumption CDS View

C_ProfitCenterToInternalOrder Consumption CDS View

C_ProfitCenterToMaintOrder Consumption CDS View

C_ProfitCenterToProcessOrder Consumption CDS View

C_ProfitCenterToProdnOrder Consumption CDS View

C_ProfitCenterToProjectNetwork Consumption CDS View

C_ProfitCenterToProduct Consumption CDS View

C_ProfitCenterToProject Consumption CDS View

C_ProfitCenterToPurOrderItem Consumption CDS View

C_ProfitCenterToSalesOrderItem Consumption CDS View

C_ProfitCenterToWBSElement Consumption CDS View

Effects on Existing Data

The reorganization of profit centers ensures adjustments of master data and transfer postings for selected
balance sheet items per profit center (field PRCTR).

Effects on Data Transfer

The reorganization of profit centers ensures transfer postings for selected balance sheet items per profit
center. Profit and loss amounts are not transferred for historical periods.

Related Information

Organizational Changes in Accounting

Organizational Change Report - Master Data Lists

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

56 PUBLIC Finance
App Extensibility: Organizational Change Report - Master Data Lists
CDS Views for Organizational Changes

4.2.3 CDS Views for Organizational Changes

With the Organizational Change Report - Master Data Lists app, you can view objects that were affected by an
organizational change in a list view. In this list view, you can analyze all objects by profit center and search for
specific objects. Now, this app uses several new CDS Views.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

Scope Item 4PG

Application Component FI-GL-OC (Organizational Changes in Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

This app uses the following CDS views:

CDS View Name Description

I_BillingProfitCtrToSlsOrdItem Assignment of Billing Profit Center to Sales Order Item

I_ProfitCenterToCostCenter Assignment of Profit Center to Cost Center

I_ProfitCenterToFixedAsset Assignment of Profit Center to Fixed Asset

I_ProfitCenterToNetworkActy Assignment of Profit Center to Network Activity

I_ProfitCenterToOpenItem Assignment of Profit Center to Open Item

I_ProfitCenterToOrder Assignment of Profit Center to Order

I_ProfitCenterToProduct Assignment of Profit Center to Product

I_ProfitCenterToProject Assignment of Profit Center to Project

I_ProfitCenterToPurOrderItem Assignment of Profit Center to Purchase Order Item

I_ProfitCenterToSalesOrderItem Assignment of Profit Center to Sales Order Item

I_ProfitCenterToWBSElement Assignment of Profit Center to WBS Element

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 57
Effects on Existing Data

The reorganization of profit centers ensures adjustments of master data and transfer postings for selected
balance sheet items per profit center (field PRCTR).

Effects on Data Transfer

The reorganization of profit centers ensures transfer postings for selected balance sheet items per profit
center. Profit and loss amounts are not transferred for historical periods.

Related Information

Organizational Changes in Accounting

Organizational Change Report - Master Data Lists
App Extensibility: Organizational Change Report - Master Data Lists
CDS Views for Organizational Changes

4.2.4 General Ledger Accounting

4.2.4.1 Changes in Balance Validation

Balance validation can be used to verify data completeness, correctness, and compliance based on user-
defined rules during period-end close of a business entity. In this release, the following balance validation apps
are enhanced to improve functionality and usability:

• Manage Balance Validation Rules and Groups

• View Balance Validation Results

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close), O58 (Accounting and
Financial Close)

Application Component FI-FIO-VE (Validation Engine Framework)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

58 PUBLIC Finance
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2021 FPS01

Additional Details

In Manage Balance Validation Rules and Groups, six group-by fields are now available instead of three. The
group-by fields are applied sequentially in the validation result.

In View Balance Validation Results, the following enhancements are made:

• Detailed result page of compound rules is redesigned:

• Rule formula is moved to header area next to the rule-level result.
• Color codes are applied to indicate different results of the basic rules that form the compound rule.
• When you export the result detail table of a rule, any comments added to the result are now included in the
exported spreadsheet.

Related Information

Balance Validation
Manage Balance Validation Rules and Groups
View Balance Validation Results

4.2.4.2 Manage Manual Accruals

The Manage Manual Accruals app now allows you to import accrual objects from a template-based
spreadsheet file.

The following templates are available:

• Accrual Objects with the Total Amount (Create or Update) – You can use this template to create or update
accrual objects with total accrual amounts.
• Accrual Objects with Periodic Amounts (Create or Update) – You can use this template to create or update
accrual objects with periodic accrual amounts.
• Periodic Amounts Only (Update) – You can use this template to update the existing periodic accrual
objects.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 59
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-GL-GL-AAC (Manual Accruals)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Related Information

Manage Manual Accruals

4.2.4.3 App Extensibility: Manage Journal Entries - New

Version (Key User)

As a key user, you can now extend the Manage Journal Entries (New Version) app according to your business
needs.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J58 (Accounting and Financial Close)

Application Component FI-FIO-GL-TRA (Transaction Apps)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

Related Information

Manage Journal Entries (New Version)

App Extensibility: Manage Journal Entries (New Version) (Key User)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

60 PUBLIC Finance
4.2.5 Asset Accounting

4.2.5.1 Asset Explorer: Display FI Document for Posted

Depreciation

In the Asset Explorer, you can now navigate from the Posted Values tab page to the FI document with the
posted depreciation.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J62

Application Component FI-AA (Asset Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S4/4HANA 2023

Additional Information

For more information about the Asset Explorer, see the application help (product assistance) for Asset
Accounting under Asset Explorer.

4.2.6 Revenue Accounting and Reporting

4.2.6.1 Fulfillment by External Percentage of Completion

You can fulfill relevant performance obligations (POBs) by the percentage of completion (PoC). In the past, this
kind of fulfillment was enabled as manual fulfillment only. Now, a new event type is available for the fulfillment
of PoC-based POBs: Event Type = PX (Fulfillment by External PoC). To fulfill POBs with this event type, the
sender component must calculate the PoC progress and send a fulfillment revenue accounting item (RAI) with
fulfillment information to Revenue Accounting and Reporting (RAR).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 61
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5VW (Revenue Accounting)

Application Component FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Event-Based Fulfillment
Fulfillment by Percentage of Completion

4.2.6.2 Fulfillment by Customer-Specific Event Type

You can fulfill performance obligations (POBs) with a customer-defined fulfillment event type if the event types
provided by SAP standard are not sufficient for your business scenarios and you would like to enhance them.
Depending on the sender component, you need to trigger the creation of a fulfillment revenue accounting item
(RAI) by a certain event and provide the corresponding fulfillment event type in the fulfillment RAI.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5VW (Revenue Accounting)

Application Component FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Event-Based Fulfillment

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

62 PUBLIC Finance
Fulfillment by Custom-Defined Event

4.2.6.3 Business Add-In (BAdI) for the Determination of the

Cost Correction Account

To enable you to use your own logic to determine the cost correction account, a new Business Add-In (BAdI)
BAdI: Cost Correction Account Derivation (FARR_BADI_COST_CORR_ACCT_DERIV) is now available.

This BAdI allows flexible account determination when the standard account determination does not suit your
requirements.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5VW (Revenue Accounting)

Application Component FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

You can find this new BAdI in Customizing for Revenue Accounting under Revenue Accounting Revenue
Accounting Postings Business Add-Ins BAdI: Cost Correction Account Derivation .

4.2.6.4 Enhancement for Business Add-In (BAdI)

"Determine the Price Allocation"

The Business Add-In (BAdI) BAdI: Determine the Price Allocation (FARR_BADI_PRICE_ALLOCATION) has been
enhanced with the following fields:

• Quantity
• Quantity Unit

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 63
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5VW (Revenue Accounting)

Application Component FI-RA (Revenue Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

You can find this BAdI in Customizing for Revenue Accounting under Revenue Accounting Revenue
Accounting Contracts Business Add-Ins BAdI: Determine the Price Allocation .

4.2.7 Event-Based Revenue Recognition

4.2.7.1 New App: Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sales

Orders (Version 2)

The Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sales Orders (Version 2) app recognizes the costs and revenues
associated with sales orders immediately as transactions occur. Hence, it covers the functionalities of the
deprecated Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sales Orders app but provides higher performance. The
deprecated app may no longer be available by default on the SAP Fiori launchpad. In this case, you can find it
in the app finder until it is deleted. We recommend that you switch to the Event-Based Revenue Recognition -
Sales Orders (Version 2) successor app as soon as possible.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1K2 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock)

33M (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock -

IFRS)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

64 PUBLIC Finance
Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sales Orders (Version 2)

4.2.7.2 Deprecated App: Event-Based Revenue Recognition

- Sales Orders

As of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01, the Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Sales Orders app has been
deprecated. It will be deleted from the SAP Fiori launchpad in an upcoming release. Please use the successor
app Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Sales Orders (Version 2) instead.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1K2 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock)

33M (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sell from Stock -

IFRS)

Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Sales Orders (Version 2)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 65
4.2.7.3 Creating Multiple Billable Maintenance Orders for
an Execution Order Item: Integration with Event-
Based Revenue Recognition

With this release, you can create multiple billable maintenance orders for an execution order item. Event-Based
Revenue Recognition is also supported for this scenario.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AK (Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Service with Adv.

Execution)

6AL (Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Service with Adv.

Execution – IFRS)

Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)

CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

For more information about the scenario, see Creating Multiple Billable Maintenance Orders for an Execution
Order Item (Distributed Execution) [page 29].

Additionally, the Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Documents app has been enhanced with a
Maintenance Order field that display an entry for Multiple Maintenance Orders. The following screenshot shows
you this field.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

66 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Creating Multiple Billable Maintenance Orders for an Execution Order Item (Distributed Execution) [page 29]
Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Service with Advanced Execution

4.2.7.4 Billing via Billing Plan After Release Supported with

Event-Based Revenue Recognition

With this release, you can select Billing via Billing Plan After Release as the billing relevance to carry out ad
hoc billing for execution order items with Event-Based Revenue Recognition. The billing relevance that is set
in the execution order item determines the billing process and is relevant for the determination of the revenue
recognition key.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 67
Scope Item 6AK (Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Service with Adv.
Execution)

6AL (Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Service with Adv.

Execution – IFRS)

Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)

CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

If you select Billing via Billing Plan After Release as the billing relevance, ad hoc billing is carried out. Ad hoc
billing is a structured method of billing that doesn’t conform to periodic or milestone billing plan rules, but
instead enables you to define billing values and dates freely. To learn more, see Ad Hoc Billing. You can use an
ad hoc billing plan to define the dates on which billing is to occur and the value that is to be billed. For each
billing date, the system generates one billing request. Based on the billing document request, you can post an
invoice that then triggers Event-Based Revenue Recognition.

Effects on Customizing

You can now select Billing via Billing Plan After Release as the billing relevance under SAP Customizing
Implementation Guide Controlling Product Cost Controlling Cost Object Controlling Product Cost
by Sales Order Period-End Closing Event-Based Revenue Recognition Derivation of Recognition Key for
Maintenance Orders .

Related Information

Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Service with Advanced Execution

Ad Hoc Billing

4.2.7.5 Plan Data Tab in Event-Based Revenue Recognition -

Service Documents App

With this release, a new Plan Data tab has been added to the Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Service
Documents app. It shows you the values for Planned Revenue and Planned COS.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

68 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3M3 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Docu-

ments)

3M4 (Event-Based Revenue Recognition - Service Docu-

ments - IFRS)

6AK (Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Service with Adv.

Execution)

6AL (Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Service with Adv.

Execution – IFRS)

Application Component CO-PC-OBJ-EBR (Event-Based Revenue Recognition)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following screenshot (only available in English) shows you the Plan Data tab in the Event-Based Revenue
Recognition - Service Documents app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 69
Related Information

Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Service Contracts

Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Service Orders
Event-Based Revenue Recognition for Service with Advanced Execution
Event-Based Revenue Recognition – Service Documents
Service Planning: Managing Planned Cost and Revenue

4.2.8 Joint Venture Accounting

4.2.8.1 Authorization Change for Navigation in "Display

Joint Operating Agreements" and "Display Joint
Ventures"

The buttons Create and Change in the apps Display Joint Operating Agreements and Display Joint Ventures are
only displayed if you have the respective authorization. You need to have write (activity 1) and change (activity
2) authorization J_JVA_JOA and J_JVA_VNT, again respectively. The two buttons are useful for navigating to
the corresponding sections directly when you want to create or change either joint operating agreements or
joint ventures.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Joint Operating Agreement Master Data Fiori Element Object Page

Joint Venture Master Data Fiori Element Object Page (Display Joint Ventures)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

70 PUBLIC Finance
4.2.8.2 Chart of Accounts - Extension of Cutback Account
Mapping

This feature enables you to maintain the account mapping rules on chart of account level in addition to the
existing cutback account mapping functionalities (intra- and intercompany). This means that all company
codes that share the same chart of account can utilize the same mapping rule. The mapping rule maintained
on chart of account level is applied for all relevant instances during cutback processes.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3F7 (Joint Venture Accounting)

Application Component CA-JVA (Joint Venture Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Intracompany Mapping Chart of Accounts

Mapping Chart of Accounts

4.2.9 Intercompany Matching and Reconciliation

4.2.9.1 Enhancements for Matching Job Scheduling Apps

The following two apps are now available for scheduling matching jobs:

• Schedule Matching Run Jobs - By Company

• Schedule Matching Run Jobs - By Consolidation Unit

Compared with the Schedule Matching Run Jobs app, the two new apps come with improved usability, replacing
user-composed SQL filter string with individual filter fields.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 71
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40Y (Intercompany Reconciliation Process), 1SG (Group Re-

porting - Financial Consolidation)

Application Component FIN-CS-ICR (S/4HANA Intercompany Matching and

Reconciliation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

When scheduling matching run jobs, users can specify a safety interval if they expect a time lag between
source journal entry posting and actual update in database. This is to reduce the missing data issue in the
ICMR database (ICADOCM).

Additionally, the two matching run jobs, along with Reconciliation Status Overview and Reconciliation Balances,
are made available as closing tasks in SAP Advanced Financial Closing.

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access the matching job scheduling apps, their business users need to have the business
catalog SAP_FIN_BC_ICA_ME_RUN (ICA - Intercompany Matching Operation) assigned.

 Note

The classic app Schedule Matching Run Jobs is renamed to Schedule Matching Run Jobs - General for a
clearer distinction. The app is available in app finder.

Related Information

Schedule Matching Run Jobs - By Company

Schedule Matching Run Jobs - By Consolidation Unit
Schedule Matching Run Jobs - General

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

72 PUBLIC Finance
4.2.10 Group Reporting

4.2.10.1 OData APIs for Group Reporting

There is a new OData V4 API for group reporting. The Consolidation Unit Data Collection Selection API is
provided on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2U6 (Group Reporting - Data from External Systems)

Application Component FIN-CS-MD (Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Consolidation Unit Data Collection Selection

4.2.10.2 New App "Group Financial Statements - Review

Booklet"

The new app Group Financial Statements - Review Booklet is available. This app presents an aggregated view of
financial statements by combining predefined business pages grouped under the main areas of Consolidated
Balance Sheet, Profit & Loss Statement, Cash Flow Statement, and Statement of Changes in Equity This
collection of pages forms a review booklet, which can be used to carry out a financial review.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 73
Scope Item 1SG Group Reporting - Financial Consolidation

Application Component FIN-CS (S4HANA Financial Consolidation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

When you use the Group Financial Statements – Review Booklet app for the first time, there's an initial setup to
ensure that you can start using the app. Please refer to Initial Setup of the Review Booklet to guide you through
the setup.

Effects on System Administration

Please follow the steps described in 3205494 (Configuration steps for InA based Fiori UIs in Distributed
S/4HANA Environments with a Remote Gateway Server).

This app utilizes views to save certain layouts of the review booklet. The system administrator can create,
adapt, and manage views for other users in your organization. For more information on managing views as an
administrator, see Creating and Adapting Views.

Related Information

Group Financial Statements - Review Booklet

Review Booklets

4.2.11 Central Finance

4.2.11.1 Transfer of Period-Based Financial Plan Data

Using this scenario allows you to do the reporting for period-based financial plan data in the Central Finance
(SAP S/4HANA) system for data originating from one or several (SAP ERP) source systems. In addition, you
can also do your Plan versus Actual reporting in the Central Finance system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

74 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not localized

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF-PD (Central Finance - Replication of Plan Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1, SAP S/4HANA 2023

Additional Details

With this scenario you can transfer period-based financial plan data form one (SAP ERP) source system at a
time to the Central Finance system. You can transfer plan data for cost centers, orders, or Work Breakdown
Structure (WBS) elements. You start the plan data transfer from the Central Finance system per cost object
type. For this, you can use one of the following programs:

• Transfer of Plan Data for Cost Centers

• Transfer of Plan Data for Orders
• Transfer of Plan Data for WBS Elements

Effects on Existing Data

• A new deployment scenario for SAP Application Interface Framework (SAP AIF) for the transfer of plan data
is delivered. You need to extract the content for this deployment scenario. How you do that is described in
Setting up the Transfer of Plan Data.
• A new interface is delivered which you can use for monitoring and error handling in SAP AIF. For more
information, see Setting up the Transfer of Plan Data .
• You must apply the following SAP Notes:
• Your Central Finance system runs on SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1:
SAP Note 3379286 : This SAP Note activates the transfer of plan data in the source system.
• Your Central Finance system runs on SAP S/4HANA 2023:
• SAP Note 3379286 : This SAP Note activates the transfer of plan data in the source system.
• SAP Note 3392740 : This SAP Note activates the transfer of plan data in the Central Finance
system..
The SAP Note 3403561 provides SAP customers with an overview of all SAP Notes that are required to
use the transfer of plan data in a Central Finance scenario.
• The SAP Menu has been enhanced with the entries listed below. You can find these entries in the SAP Menu
under Accounting Central Finance Transfer Of Plan Data .
• Transfer of Plan Data for Cost Centers

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 75
 • Transfer of Plan Data for Orders
• Transfer of Plan Data for Work Breakdown Structure (WBS) Elements
• Please read the section Consider the Following Before Starting the Transfer of Plan Data in Transfer of
Plan Data carefully so that no unwanted effects on existing plan data occur.

Effects on Data Transfer

You can now transfer period-based financial plan data stored in the tables COSP (for primary cost elements),
COSS (for secondary cost elements) in an SAP ERP source system to the ACDOCP table where plan data is
stored in the Central Finance system. For more information on restrictions, see SAP Note 3408299 .

Effects on System Administration

The system administration needs to grant access so that the programs listed above can be used by users
who should perform the plan data transfer. For more information, see section Authorizations in Setting up the
Transfer of Plan Data.

Effects on Customizing

There are no new Customizing activities delivered for the plan data transfer. For more information on the
configuration needed for the plan data transfer, see Setting up the Transfer of Plan Data.

Related Information

Transfer of Plan Data

4.2.11.2 Exclude G/L Open Items from Clearing

Using Central Management of Open Items in General Ledger, when a document is posted or reset in the source
system, the relevant open items posted to the G/L accounts are technically cleared automatically in the source
system. The corresponding open items replicated to the Central Finance system are still open and you can only
manage them in the Central Finance system. This feature enables you to excude G/L open items which you still
want to manage in the source system from clearing transactions in the Central Finance system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

76 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not localized

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF (Central Finance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Additional Details

Using this feature you can excude G/L open items which you still want to manage in the source system from
clearing transactions in the Central Finance system.

In the Customizing activity Maintain G/L accounts for Central Clearing, you maintain G/L accounts for which
you want to enable the clearing of replicated open items posted in the Central Finance system. For the G/L
accounts that are not maintained in this activity, the items posted to these G/L accounts will remain open
in the source system and will only be cleared in the source system, and the replicated G/L line items will be
filtered out in the manual and automatic clearing transactions in the Central Finance system.

Effects on Customizing

A new Customizing activity has been added: Maintain G/L accounts for Central Clearing (transaction
CFINIMG) under Central Finance: Target System Settings Central Management of Open Items in General
Ledger Maintain G/L accounts for Central Clearing ).

Related Information

Central Management of Open Items in General Ledger

4.2.11.3 Central Finance Document Browser

The Central Finance Document Browser provides you with an overview of how documents are related to each
other in the source and Central Finance systems.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 77
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF (Central Finance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Additional Details

The Central Finance Document Browser provides you with an overview of how documents are related to each
other in the source and Central Finance systems and allows you to display the preceding and succeeding
documents which have clearing, invoice references, or reverse relationships with the specified document.

Based on the document flow, you can also:

• Display and compare the line item details for any document in the document flow.
• Jump to the original document in the source system or the Central Finance system.
• Display the context information (system information and Central Finance relevant configuration) related to
the documents.

The Central Finance Document Browser is also integrated with configuration consistency check report and AIF
tool, so that you can find out if there are any configuration inconsistencies and navigate to AIF checking the
replication error details if necessary.

Related Information

Central Finance Document Browser

4.2.11.4 Central Asset Accounting: Reposting Tool

The CAA reposting tool has been enhanced in the following way: A new maintenance view, which is used to
configure G/L accounts that need to be reposted, has been added and the replicated line items posted to the
maintained G/L accounts are then corrected by the CAA reposting tool.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

78 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not localized

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF-CAA (Central Finance - Central Asset Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Additional Details

The reposting tool for Central Asset Accounting reposts the replicated asset postings which are duplicated with
asset migration postings.

A new maintenance view, which is used to configure General Ledger (G/L) accounts for which reposting should
be carried out has been added. The replicated line items on these accounts are extracted and then reposted
with the offset amount in a new document.

Therefore, it is no longer necessary to manually repost the replicated line items during the initial load balance
phase.

Effects on Customizing

The following Customizing activity has been added:

• Define G/L Account for Reposting Replicated Asset-Related Transactions

Customizing for Central Finance (transaction CFINIMG) under Central Finance: Target System Settings
Central Asset Accounting Repost Replicated Asset-Related Transactions Define G/L Account for
Reposting Replicated Asset-Related Transactions .

Related Information

Configuration and Execution of Reposting Tool

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 79
4.2.11.5 Navigation from Manage Journal Entries to Related
Documents

In the Fiori app Manage Journal Entries you can navigate to certain related documents in the source system.
This now includes the FI-CA (Contract Accounting) reconciliation key.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not localized

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF (Central Finance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Additional Details

In the Fiori app Manage Journal Entries a new object has been added under Related Documents allowing you
to navigate to the FI-CA (Contract Accounting) reconciliation key in the source system.

For a journal entry replicated from a source system, an entry for the accounting document under Contract A/R
+ A/P indicates that you can navigate to the FI-CA reconciliation key in the source system by clicking on the
number displayed.

Two connection options are provided for the FI-CA Reconciliation Key:

• Navigate to source Fiori via a URL

• Navigate to source WEB GUI (this connection is available only for ECC source systems).

Related Information

Navigation from Related Documents in Central Finance to Source Documents

4.2.11.6 Retrigger Report for SLT Replication

This feature provides a tool to trigger SLT replication again if a replication object has not been successfully
copied during transfer between the source system and the Central Finance system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

80 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF (Central Finance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Additional Details

You can use this tool to retrigger SLT replication if a replication object has not been successfully copied from
the soure system to the Central Finance system.

The delivered replication objects are:

• Accounting document
• AVL of supplier invoice
• AVL of sales order
• AVL of customer invoice
• AVL of purchase order
• Controlling document
• Cost object

Effects on Customizing

Central Finance System

Add the RFC usage SLT Logging with RFC destination under the IMG path Central Finance: Target System
Settings Target System Settings Set Up Systems Maintain RFC Assignments and Settings for Source
Systems .

Source System

Check that the RFC user has been assigned to the role SAP_IUUC_REPL_ADMIN.

Related Information

Retrigger SLT Replication

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 81
4.2.11.7 Fiori App Manage Temporary Postings: Extensibility

In the Fiori app Manage Temporary Postingsyou can now add editable fields to line items via extensibility.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not localized

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF (Central Finance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Additional Details

In the Fiori app Manage Temporary Postingsonly some fields are editable in order to ensure compliance (for
example, fields relating to amounts, posting dates, and company code are read-only). You can however make
changes to the fields customer, vendor and cost center. If you want to include more editable fields in the line
items, you can do this via extensibility. For details on how to enable this, see SAP Note 3400784 .

Related Information

Manage Temporary Postings

4.2.11.8 Replication of Universal Allocations

As of SAP S/4HANA 2023 it is possible to transfer postings from Universal Allocation to your Central Finance
system.

Although Universal Allocation is a CO process, within the Central Finance scenario universal allocation postings
are transferred via the FI interface.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

82 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not localized

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF (Central Finance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Additional Details

Postings can now be replicated from Universal Allocation to your Central Finance system.

Universal allocation is a group of apps that allows you to allocate plan or actual values from sender objects to
receiver objects.

Although universal allocation is a CO process, within the Central Finance scenario, universal allocation postings
are transferred via the FI interface.

Universal allocation postings can be replicated in online replication and also in the initial load (both the classic
approach and the Intermediate Data Replication approach).

Related Information

Universal Allocations

4.2.11.9 Statutory Reporting: Country/Region-Specific

Reports

This feature enables you to use country/region-specific statutory reports in Central Finance. Below, you can
see a list of reports that have been additionally enabled in Central Finance.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 83
Functional Localization Localized for the countries/regions listed below

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CF (Central Finance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The reports in the table below have been additionaly enabled in Central Finance.

For a complete list of statutory reports supported in Central Finance for a country/region, see Statutory
Reporting: Country/Region-Specific Reports in Central Finance.

Country/Region-Specific Statutory Reports Additionally Enabled in Central Finance

Country/Region Task Report Category Additional Information

Greece G/L Detailed Ledger GR_GL_LINE_ITEMS n/a

Romania Standard Audit File - Taxation RO_SAFT_FXDAST This report can be used only
(SAF-T) Fixed Assets with Central Asset Account-
ing. For more information,
see Central Asset Account-
ing.

United Kingdom Audit Files (HMRC) GB_HMRC n/a

United Kingdom Payment Practices and Per- GB_PPPR n/a

formance

4.2.12 Real Estate Management

4.2.12.1 Contract and Lease Management

4.2.12.1.1 Changes in Customizing for Flexible Real Estate

Management (RE-FX)

With this release, new Customizing activities for making settings related to master data in Contract and Lease
Management have been added to Customizing for Flexible Real Estate Mangement (RE-FX).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

84 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component RE-FX-BD (Basic Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

The Customizing nodes Generic Rental Objects and Architecture Objects were added to the Customizing for
Flexible Real Estate Management (RE-FX) under Master Data. Please refer to below table for an overview of the
newly added Customizing activities:

Configuration for ... Name of Customizing Activity What you can do

Generic rental objects Define Number Ranges for Generic You can define the number ranges you
Rental Objects use for generic rental objects.

Generic rental objects Define Usage Types for Generic Rental You can define usage types for your ge-
Objects neric rental objects.

Generic rental objects Define Portfolio IDs for Usable Objects You can define portfolio IDs for usable
objects.

Generic rental objects Define Ownership IDs for Usable Ob- You can define ownership IDs for usable
jects objects.

Architecture objects Define Architecture Object Number You can define the number ranges you
Range use for architecture objects.

Architecture objects Define Real Estate Architecture Object You can define types for your real estate
Type architecture objects.

Architecture objects Define Allowed Superordinate Architec- You can specify which superordinate
ture Object Type objects are allowed for each architec-
ture object type. This allows you to de-
fine the hierarchy of your architectural
structure.

Architecture objects Define Real Estate Architecture Object You can define statuses for your real es-
Status tate architecture objects. You also spec-
ify whether each object status is active
or not in the system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 85
Related Information

Configuration Activities

4.2.12.1.2 New App: Manage Usable Objects

With the new Manage Usable Objects app, you can create and edit the master data of usable objects in your real
estate management solution. Usable objects can then be used as objects in lease-in contracts.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component RE-FX-BD (Basic Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this app, their business users need to have the following business catalog assigned:

Rental Object Management - Master Data (SAP_FIN_BC_RECM_RENTALOBJ_PC)

Effects on Customizing

For more information about the Customizing settings for the new app, see the What's New information
Changes in Customizing for Flexible Real Estate Management (RE-FX) [page 84].

Related Information

Changes in Customizing for Flexible Real Estate Management (RE-FX) [page 84]
Manage Usable Objects

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

86 PUBLIC Finance
4.2.12.1.3 New App: Manage Rentable Objects

With the new Manage Rentable Objects app, you can create and edit the master data of rentable objects.
Rentable objects can then be used as objects in lease-out contracts.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component RE-FX-BD (Basic Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on System Administration

To enable users to access this app, their business users need to have the following business catalog assigned:

Rental Object Management - Master Data (SAP_FIN_BC_RECM_RENTALOBJ_PC)

Effects on Customizing

For more information about the Customizing settings for the new app, see the What's New information
Changes in Customizing for Flexible Real Estate Management (RE-FX) [page 84].

Related Information

Manage Rentable Objects

Changes in Customizing for Flexible Real Estate Management (RE-FX) [page 84]

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 87
4.3 Financial Operations

4.3.1 Receivables Management

4.3.1.1 Bank Statement Processing

4.3.1.1.1 Configuration for Bank Statement Processing and

Lockbox Processing

With this release, there's a new configuration activity for SAP Cash Application available: Cash Application
Service Configuration. In your configuration environment, under Integration with Other SAP Components
Machine Learning Integration SAP Cash Application Cash Application Service Configuration , you can
specify thresholds for the proposal of open items and for the automated posting and clearing for the services
of SAP Cash Application.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

1MV (Cash Application Integration)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

Reprocess Lockbox Items
SAP Cash Application

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

88 PUBLIC Finance
4.3.1.1.2 Deprecation: Displaying Sums

The functionality to view sums in the overview table in the Reprocess Bank Statement Items and Reprocess
Lockbox Items apps has been deprecated and will be deleted in the upcoming SAP S/4HANA 2025 release.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item J59 (Accounts Receivable)

1JT (Lockbox)

Application Component FI-FIO-AR (Fiori UI for Accounts Receivable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

FPS01

Additional Details

Until now, you could view the sum of the items' amounts in the overview table in the Reprocess Bank Statement
Items and Reprocess Lockbox Items apps.

To enhance the overall performance of the apps, this functionality has been deprecated and will be deleted in
the upcoming SAP S/4HANA 2025 release.

Related Information

Reprocess Bank Statement Items

Reprocess Lockbox Items

4.3.2 Settlement Management

4.3.2.1 CDS Views for Settlement Management

A CDS view has been added in Settlement Management.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 89
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-GT-CHB (Condition Contract Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following CDS view has been released:

Name Description Status Application Component

I_CndnDocWorkerSettlmt This CDS view provides sup- New LO-GT-CHB

Cat (Condition Document ported values for
Worker Settlement Category) CndnDocWorkerSettlmtCa
t.
I_CndnDocWorkerSettlmt
CatTxt (Condition For more information, see
Document Worker Settlement Condition Document Worker
Category - Text) Settlement Category.

Related Information

CDS Views for Settlement Management

4.3.2.2 Manage Personnel Settlement Documents

With this app, you can process personnel settlement documents that were created in Settlement Management
based on workforce condition contracts or based on commissions data transferred from SAP Sales Cloud.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

90 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3TD (Internal Commissions Settlement for Sales)

Application Component LO-AB (Settlement Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Manage Personnel Settlement Documents

4.4 Billing and Revenue Innovation Management

4.4.1 Convergent Invoicing

4.4.1.1 Credit/Debit: Support for Gross and Net Amounts

With this feature, you can enter either a gross amount or a net amount when adding an overall credit or debit
amount in a credit memo or debit memo. Resulting billable items can therefore be created with a gross amount
or net amount.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 91
Additional Details

This feature is available in the following situations:

• Transaction Process Billing Request (FKKBIX_BILLREQ)

• Manage Credit/Debit Memos app

Related Information

Processing of Billing Requests

Manage Credit/Debit Memos

4.4.1.2 OData API: Convergent Invoicing Consumption Item

- Read

With this feature, you can use the OData API Convergent Invoicing Consumption Item - Read to read
consumption items in Convergent Invoicing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub: (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Effects on Data Transfer

For information about APIs, see APIs on SAP Business Accelerator Hub.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

92 PUBLIC Finance
Related Information

Convergent Invoicing – Consumption Item Read

4.4.1.3 OData API: Convergent Invoicing Billable Item -

Read

With this feature, you can use the OData API Convergent Invoicing Billable Item - Read to read billable items in
Convergent Invoicing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-INV (Convergent Invoicing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub: (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Effects on Data Transfer

For information about APIs, see APIs on SAP Business Accelerator Hub.

Related Information

Convergent Invoicing Billable Item - Read

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 93
4.4.2 Contract Accounting

4.4.2.1 Display Payment Forms for Payments by Link

When you offer customers payments by link, the system maps the receivables to be paid by link as a payment
form. The Display Payment Forms for Payments By Link app gives you an overview of the payment forms for
payments by link that the system has created as well as their status and the payment status and detailed item
information of the receivables grouped in the payment form.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FI-CA-IN (Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Display Payment Forms for Payments By Link

4.4.3 Subscription Order Management

4.4.3.1 SAP Fiori App Renamed: Mass Changes of

Subscription Contracts

The Mass Changes of Subscription Contracts app has been enhanced so that you can now execute mass
processing runs on subscription contract documents in addition to subscription contracts. Due to this, the SAP
Fiori app has been renamed to Mass Changes of Subscriptions.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

94 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The header change process, Change Sold-To Party has been enabled for mass processing on subscription
contract documents. You can also change the related organizational data when executing the Change Sold-To
Party change process.

This app is available in the SAP Fiori Apps Reference Library: Mass Changes of Subscriptions.

Effects on Customizing

You can perform all the relevant activities for mass processing in Customizing under Service Transactions
Settings for Subscription Transactions Mass Processing .

 Note

It is not possible to include a subscription contract or contract document in a mass processing run or
update it via a manual change process, if it is already included in a mass processing run and has the
status In Process, Scheduled for Processing, or Processed with Errors. In such a case, you can use the BAdI
CRMS4_SOM_MP_CP_CHECK in the Customizing under Service Transactions Settings for Subscription
Transactions Mass Processing BAdI: Additional Checks for Change Processes to ensure that change
processes are hidden in the Processes section as well.

Related Information

Mass Changes of Subscriptions

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 95
4.4.3.2 Future Dated Subitems

You can now create subscription contracts that leverage product bundles with subitems that are available at
a later date even though the main item is available immediately. You do so by using the Start of Business and
Start of Billing dates for the subitems.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Subitems with Start of Business in the Future

Date Management

4.4.3.3 Multi-Level Configuration of Product Bundles Using

Advanced Variant Configuration

This feature has been enhanced so that you can now define and configure product bundles containing sales,
service, or subscription items as subitems. Previously, only product bundles containing subscription items
were supported. Additionally, the following APIs have been enhanced to enable you to configure either the main
item only or the entire Bill of Materials (BOM) hierarchy:

• Subscription Contract (Read) OData API

• Solution Quotation (A2X) OData API
• Subscription Order (Version 0002) OData API

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

96 PUBLIC Finance
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following APIs have been enhanced:

Property Description Necessity

Solution Quotation (A2X) Subscription Related Item

SrvcDocItmProdConfignDateTime Configuration date to control the Bill Optional

of Material (BOM) explosion in a multi-
level AVC scenario

 Note
This field is relevant and mandatory
only for the main item within the
BOM hierarchy.

BillOfMaterialItemNodeNumber Item ID within the Bill of Material hierar- Optional

chy

 Note
This field is relevant and mandatory
only for the subitems within the
BOM hierarchy.

Subscription Order (Version 0002) Subscription Order Item

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 97
Property Description Necessity

SrvcDocItmProdConfignDateTime Configuration date to control the Bill

of Material (BOM) explosion in a multi-
level AVC scenario

 Note
This field is relevant and mandatory
only for the main item within the
BOM hierarchy.

BillOfMaterialItemNodeNumber Item ID within the Bill of Material hierar-

chy

 Note
This field is relevant and mandatory
only for the subitems within the
BOM hierarchy.

Subscription Contract - Read Subscription Contract Item

SrvcDocItmProdConfignDateTime Configuration date to control the Bill Read-only

of Material (BOM) explosion in a multi-
level AVC scenario

 Note
This field is relevant and mandatory
only for the main item within the
BOM hierarchy.

BillOfMaterialItemNodeNumber Item ID within the Bill of Material hierar- Read-only

chy

 Note
This field is relevant and mandatory
only for the subitems within the
BOM hierarchy.

Effects on Customizing

If you want to use sales and subscription items in your BOM, you need a bundle item as the main item of the
BOM. The following are delivered for such a bundle item:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

98 PUBLIC Finance
• Item category PRBD - Subscription Order Bundle Item
You make general settings for item categories in the Customizing under Service Transactions Basic
Settings Define Item Categories .
• Product type KMAT
The product type is mapped to the product role (S Sales Package) in the Customizing under Service
Master Data Settings for Subscription Master Data Subscription Product-Specific Data Assign
Product Roles to Product Types .

Related Information

Multi-Level Configuration of Product Bundles Using Advanced Variant Configuration

Subscription Related Item
Subscription Order Item
Subscription Contract Item
BRFplus and BRFplus Functions

4.4.3.4 Billing Schedule for Periodic Subscriptions

This feature enables you to model price variations over the course of the contract duration. Typically, these
prices are already planned at the time of contract creation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

If the selected item category has an associated billing plan item type, the Billing Schedule section is displayed
at contract level, instead of the Price Details section in the SAP Fiori App Manage Subscription Contract Item
Details. You can, however, see the Price Details for individual billing items in the billing schedule. To do so, you
must navigate into the billing item details using  the arrow.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 99
Effects on Customizing

The following item categories are delivered to support the scenarios relevant for periodic billing schedule in
Customizing under Service Transactions Basic Settings Define Item Categories :

• PROB Subscription Order Item for bill schd

• PRCB Subscription Contract Item for bill schd
• PRQB Subscription Item in Quote for bill schd

The following settings are delivered in the Customizing under Service Transactions Basic Settings
Billing Plan :

• Define Billing Plan Types:

• Billing Plans: Billing Plan Type '91' of type Periodic Billing
• Plan Lines:
Usage is set to Periodic Billing
The date rule selected in Billing Data: Date Proposal Period generates the periods of the billing
schedule
The value selected in Billing Data: Date Proposal Pricing Date controls the date that is used in
the pricing of the billing schedule period
• Assign Billing Plan Type to Item Category: The Billing Plan Type '91' is assigned to the newly delivered item
categories for periodic billing schedule scenarios.

Related Information

Billing Schedule for Periodic Subscriptions

4.4.3.5 Reassigning Master Agreement in a Subscription

Contract When Customer Hierarchy is Changed

Consider a master agreement with an assigned customer hierarchy. If this customer hierarchy is modified in
such a way that a node (business partner) is either moved to another customer hierarchy or removed, then
any existing subscription contracts associated with the master agreement will be impacted by this change. In
such a case, you can now manually adjust the current master agreement reference using the Create Follow-Up
change process. This was previously not possible.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

100 PUBLIC Finance
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You may either assign another relevant master agreement to the existing subscription contract or remove
the reference altogether if no relevant master agreement is identified for the changed customer hierarchy.
For more information about changing the master agreement, refer to SAP Note 3396116 (Allow master
agreement change when BP is moved to a different customer hierarchy or removed).

Related Information

Customer Hierarchies in Master Agreement

4.4.3.6 Replicating Scale-Based Prices to SAP Convergent

Charging

This feature enables you to replicate scale-based prices to SAP Convergent Charging using the range table
classes - Price Table Base Scale, Price Table To Scale, and Price Table Graduated Scale.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Susbcription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 101
Related Information

Recurring Fees in SAP Convergent Charging

Replicating Scale Based Prices to SAP Convergent Charging

4.4.3.7 Unmodifiable Charge Plan Parameters in

Subscription Order Management for Proration in
SAP Convergent Charging

Currently, a recalculation (or proration) of prices for a subscription contract is triggered when a parameter
that impacts the calculation of recurring fees in SAP Convergent Charging (SAP CC) is changed, for example,
quantity. This feature is now enhanced to support unmodifiable parameters in an SAP CC charge plan.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

You can activate the feature D Support unmodifiable charge plan parameters for proration in the Customizing
under Service Master Data Settings for Subscription Master Data Convergent Charging Activate
Integration Features . If this feature is activated, you cannot set the Proration indicator manually. Instead,
it will be set automatically when reading a charge plan from SAP CC for the parameter that has Visibility Level =
External (Mandatory unmodifiable).

Related Information

Prorated Fees in SAP Convergent Charging

Charge Plans

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

102 PUBLIC Finance
4.4.3.8 Header Change Process - Change Sold-To Party
Enabled for Mass Processing

You can now execute the header change process, Change Sold-To Party, on multiple subscription contract
documents from the Mass Changes of Subscriptions Fiori app. You can also modify the related organizational
data while executing the Change Sold-To Party in a mass processing run.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Mass Changes of Subscriptions

Manage Mass Processing of Subscriptions
Change Sold-To Party

4.4.3.9 Change Process - Change WBS Element

The Change WBS Element change process allows you to add a new WBS element or change an existing WBS
element that has been assigned as an account assignment object in the subscription contract. The change
process has also been enabled for mass processing so you can choose to update either individual or multiple
subscription contracts at once.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 103
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOM (S4CRM: Subscription Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Change WBS Element

App Details: Mass Changes of Subscriptions

4.5 Governance, Risk and Compliance for Finance

4.5.1 International Trade

4.5.1.1 International Trade Compliance

4.5.1.1.1 Set Global Trade Services Customs Document

Schedule Line to Complete After Goods Receipt
Posted in Purchasing Document

This feature ensures that a schedule line of a purchasing document, which was completed by a goods receipt
posting, is replicated to GTS. This schedule line is no longer rechecked in GTS and the license information is
preserved unchanged.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 24J (Compliance Management with SAP Global Trade Serv-
ices)

Application Component FT-ITR-INT-GTS (International Trade – GTS Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

104 PUBLIC Finance
4.5.1.1.2 Suppress Invoice Creation for Purchasing
Documents Blocked by Global Trade Services
Trade Compliance

Prior to SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01, financial documents could not be created for blocked or unchecked
purchasing documents.

This feature enables you to customize whether you want to suppress the creation of invoices for blocked
purchasing documents or not. The default behavior has changed, invoice creation is now possible as the
default setting. Within Customization, you have the option to change back to the behavior that financial
documents are again suppressed if the prior purchasing document is blocked or not checked.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 24J (Compliance Management with SAP Global Trade Serv-
ices)

Application Component FT-ITR-INT-GTS (International Trade – GTS Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

Invoice creation is now possible as the default setting. Within Customization, you have the option to change
back to the behavior that financial documents are again suppressed if the prior purchasing document is
blocked or not checked.

4.5.1.1.3 Suppress Output from Sales Document when

Blocked by GTS Trade Compliance

This feature ensures you can suppress output from a sales document (for example, printing) if one or more
items of that document are blocked by GTS Trade Compliance. After the block is resolved in GTS, output for the
sales order is possible.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Finance PUBLIC 105
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 24J (Compliance Management with SAP Global Trade Serv-
ices)

Application Component FT-ITR-INT-GTS (International Trade – GTS Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

4.6 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see What's New Viewer.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

106 PUBLIC Finance
5 Human Resources

5.1 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see What's New Viewer.

5.2 Timesheet Analytics - Activities: Removal from

Business Function SAP HCM for SAP S/4HANA

The Timesheet Analytics - Activities app has been removed from the scope of Business Function SAP HCM for
SAP S/4HANA (H4S4_1). It is now also available in the SAP S/4HANA HR Compatibility Pack solution.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PA-FIO-TS (My Timesheet/Approve Timesheet)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

SAP S/4HANA 2022 SPS03

Additional Information

For more information, refer to SAP Note 3362346 .

Related Information

Business Function for SAP HCM for SAP S/4HANA

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Human Resources PUBLIC 107
Timesheet Analytics - Activities

5.3 Timesheet Analytics - My Activities: Removal from

Business Function SAP HCM for SAP S/4HANA

The Timesheet Analytics - My Activities app has been removed from the scope of Business Function SAP HCM
for SAP S/4HANA (H4S4_1). It is now also available in the SAP S/4HANA HR Compatibility Pack solution.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PA-FIO-TS (My Timesheet/Approve Timesheet)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

SAP S/4HANA 2022 SPS03

Additional Information

For more information, refer to SAP Note 3362345 .

Related Information

Business Function for SAP HCM for SAP S/4HANA

Timesheet Analytics - My Activities

5.4 Business Catalog Deprecated

The business catalog HCM - Monitoring (Deprecated) (SAP_HCM_BC_ADMINISTRATOR) has been deprecated.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

108 PUBLIC Human Resources
Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-HR (Cross-Application Objects in HR)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

5.5 Posting - Enhancement of the Completeness Check on

the employee level report

With this feature you can benefit from the flexibility to select the specific date type for the completeness check
in report RPCIPC00_PNP. You can opt to use either the technical run date of the payroll run or the payment
date of the in-period of the payroll run.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PY-XX-DT (Posting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

This feature offers the following key benefits:

• You can enhance the examination of unposted payroll results by using more precise criteria.
• Your team is better equipped for the posting to Accounting process.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Human Resources PUBLIC 109
Related Information

Checking the Completeness of Postings

5.6 Access Configuration for Integration with

SuccessFactors

With this feature, you can configure your system for integration with APIs in SuccessFactors.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-TS (Time Sheet)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

There is a new Customizing activity Configure Access for Integration with SuccessFactors in Customizing for
Cross-Application Components under Time Sheet Special Settings for Consolidated Time Recording . It
allows you to maintain the configuration settings needed for integration with APIs in the SuccessFactors area.

Note that, as a prerequisite, the Business Function CA_CATS_H4S4_SF_CTR (CATS S4HANA SF Consolidated
Time Recording) must be active in your system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

110 PUBLIC Human Resources
6 Manufacturing

6.1 Environment, Health, and Safety

6.1.1 Incident Management

6.1.1.1 Assignment of a Witness or Supervisor to Injured

Persons

With this feature, in the overview page floorplan (OVP) layout of an incident record, you can associate injured
persons with a witness or supervisor. In the Details view of each person with the Witness or Supervisor roles,
you can select checkboxes to assign one or more persons with the Injured Person role.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-IM (Incident Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

This feature applies to the overview page floorplan (OVP) layout of the user interface for viewing and editing
incidents. The functionality was already available in the object instance floorplan (OIF) version of the user
interface.

Effects on Customizing

To use the OVP floorplan, you need to activate it. In Customizing for Environment, Health, and Safety, navigate
to the following activity: Incident Management General Configuration Activate Overview Page Floorplan
(New) . By default, the user interface is available in its previous version built using the OIF floorplan.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 111
  Note

Before you activate the OVP floorplan in the productive system, make sure to replicate your custom user
interface enhancements and screen adaptations in the new floorplan. Modifications of the OIF floorplan are
not compatible with the OVP floorplan.

Related Information

Edit Incident (Overview Page Floorplan)

6.1.2 Health and Safety Management

6.1.2.1 User Notification for Simple Tasks and Tasks with

Approval

With this feature, you can specify the events on which an automatic email notification is sent to the owner, the
assignee or, in case of tasks requiring approval, also the approver of a task. You can set up the notifications for
simple tasks as well as for tasks with approval as desired, so that the respective person will receive an email
as soon as the task fulfills a certain pre-specified condition, for example, when it is completed, rejected, has
reached its due date, etc. This makes it easier for the persons assigned to keep track of their tasks.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-FND (Foundation)

EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

EHS-SUS-IM (Incident Management)

EHS-SUS-HS (Health and Safety Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

112 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Additional Details

There are predefined email templates for notifying the persons assigned to a standard task or a task with
approval. The required information (for example, task title, task description, location, and due date) is filled in
automatically by the system, and the email will be sent as soon as the task fulfills the previously set condition.
These templates are maintained by the system administrator in the Maintain Email Templates app. This app
can also be used to create and adjust custom templates as a copy of the predelivered ones.

Related Information

Manage Task Definition

6.1.3 Environment Management

6.1.3.1 Manage Emissions Declaration Report

With this feature, you can prepare emissions declaration reports to submit in compliance with German
environmental regulations. In this report, you must declare the air pollutant emissions released by your plants,
as well as the substance quantities relevant for such emissions that are used in your production processes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can generate an SAP EM Standard Emissions Declaration Report from the Manage Environmental Reports
app. The report consists of an XML file of data collected from relevant locations in order to fulfill German
regulatory requirements. As an environmental manager, you only need to specify the main (overarching)
location and yearly reporting period.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 113
The report compiles data on the following levels:

• Main location (at the highest level)

• All sublocations with active emissions declaration scenarios or handled substance scenarios. For each,
the report pulls data from the Additional Reporting Information section in the Manage Locations app (see
Manage Locations).
• Active handled substance scenarios in that location structure (app: Manage Compliance Scenarios)
• Handled substance collections created for these scenarios (app: Collect Handled Substances app).
They must be in Ready for Reporting status.
• Active emissions declaration scenarios in that location structure (app: Manage Compliance Scenarios)
• Emissions declarations created for these scenarios (app: My Emissions Declarations). They must be in
Ready for Reporting status.

 Note

Optionally, you can assign an accounting clerk as a point of contact during the report creation. You can
choose the accounting clerk from a list of existing business partners in the field's value help, and the
information will appear inside the report.

After generating the report, you can navigate back to the search screen and refresh the results. The Report
Status column will show Generation Scheduled until your report is ready to view.

Effects on Configuration

The following Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for developer extensibility are available for customizing the emissions
declaration report feature:

• BADI_EHENV_REPORT_GEN_EMD - With this BAdI, you can create your own custom logic for XML report
generation.
• BADI_EHENV_RPT_PER_VAL_EMD - With this BAdI, you can create custom validations for the reporting
period chosen during the report preparation. SAP currently only offers a yearly reporting period. If you
want to use a different reporting period (for example, monthly), you need to implement this BAdI.

For more information, see Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in Environment Management [page
125].

6.1.3.2 New Fields Added to My Emissions Declarations

 Note

This feature is relevant for companies bound by certain German environmental regulations.

Two new fields have been added to the My Emissions Declarations app to provide additional data on emitted
substances: Determination Type and Physical State.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

114 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The Determination Type and Physical State fields are mandatory and must be filled before an emissions
declaration can be approved. The fields have drop-down menus with existing values.

For the determination type, you can choose any of the delivered values: calculation, estimation, or
measurement. You can also add new values in the Specify Off-Gas Determination Types activity in your
configuration environment.

For the physical state, you must choose one of three possible values: gas, liquid, or solid.

The data you enter will appear in the emissions declaration reports which you can generate via the Manage
Environmental Reports app, after the emissions declaration has been approved and set to Ready for Reporting
by the environmental manager at the location.

Related Information

My Emissions Declarations
Manage Emissions Declarations Reports

6.1.3.3 Handled Substance Scenario

 Note

This feature is relevant for companies bound by certain German environmental regulations.

With this feature, you can create a new type of compliance scenario: the handled substance scenario. It
functions similarly to the generic compliance scenario, but is specially designed for facilities that handle
substances which are subject to German environmental regulations.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 115
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The handled substance scenario's design and activities are modeled after the generic compliance scenario
(see Manage Compliance Scenario). Here's what a handled substance scenario does differently:

• You can activate it without any added activities.

• Its creation triggers the assignment of two classifiers to your chosen location: BImSchG Plant and Handled
Substances.
• There is no Closed status available for this scenario type.
• Since handled substance scenarios are created for annual reporting purposes, the Valid From date is
automatically set to the beginning of the selected year when you:
• create a new scenario
• create a scenario revision
• copy an existing scenario into a new scenario.

In the Collect Handled Substances app, you can also create handled substance collections for handled
substance scenarios. These collections consist of substances—used in different ways during your business
processes—that fall under German regulatory reporting requirements.

The data collected by handled substance scenarios is used for yearly reports, which are generated via the
Manage Environmental Reports app.

Effects on Existing Data

Upon creating a handled substance scenario for a location, that location will automatically be assigned two
data classifiers: BImSchG Plant and Handled Substances.

Related Information

My Emissions Declarations

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

116 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Manage Emissions Declarations Reports

6.1.3.4 Collect Handled Substances

With this app, you can create collections of regulated substances used during your company's business
processes. Each handled substance collection is set up for a handled substance scenario, and the data is used
in emissions declaration reports in compliance with German regulatory reporting requirements.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

When you create a new handled substance collection, you must select an existing handled substance scenario
and a reporting year. You can only have a single collection for the same reporting year and handled substance
scenario (which is marked by the BImSchG and Handled Substances location classifiers).

Once you've created a new collection, you can add handled substances to it by selecting existing company
substances from the value help.

 Note

Company substances are created in the Manage Substances Compliance app, where you can either link
them to an existing listed substance, or create a new listed substance for a company substance. You can
only add company substances to handled substance collections.

By default, the quantity for all handled substances is measured in tons. The mandatory Use field describes the
way a substance is used in your business processes, and you can add or remove available uses in the value help
via the Specify Handled Substance Usages activity in your configuration environment.

Effects on Existing Data

When you create a new report of the type SAP EM Standard Emissions Declaration Report in the Manage
Environmental Reports app, upon selecting an active location structure with a handled substance collection

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 117
created for it, then the generated report will include the handled substance data required by German
authorities.

Effects on Configuration

For each substance added to a handled substance collection, you must select its use from the value help.
Handled substance uses are specified in your configuration environment, in the Specify Handled Substances
Usages activity. SAP delivers a list of existing handled substance uses, which are based on example uses listed
by German environmental authorities. You can add or remove uses to control what's displayed in the app's
value help.

If you want to use the Import function to import substances into a handled substance collection from
an external source, you need to implement the following Business Add-In: Handled Substance Collection
Import (BADI_EHENV_HSC_IMPORT). For more information, see Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in
Environment Management [page 125].

Related Information

My Emissions Declarations
Manage Emissions Declarations Reports

6.1.3.5 Improvements to Compliance Scenarios

New improvements have been made to compliance scenarios in the Manage Compliance Scenario app.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

118 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Additional Details

The following changes and improvements have been made to compliance scenarios in the Manage Compliance
Scenario app:

• A new scenario type is available (see Handled Substance Scenario [page 115]).
• Generic compliance scenarios can use data from emissions declaration scenarios in calculations and data
aggregations. Whenever a new emissions declaration amount is added and approved by the environmental
manager, all scenario activities that are affected are automatically updated.
• Generic compliance scenarios can be set to a new Closed status. This shuts down all activities and notifies
the owners of linked scenarios that may be affected.
• You can create revisions with past starting dates for generic and handled substance scenarios.
• You can assign environmental limits in all compliance scenario types.
• You can add calculation and sampling activities to emissions declaration scenarios.

Related Information

Location-Based Aggregation
Calculation Setup
Generic Compliance Scenario
Emissions Declaration Scenario
Compliance Requirements
Revising Compliance Requirements

6.1.3.6 Past-Date Revisions of Compliance Requirements

As an environmental manager, you can create compliance requirement revisions for dates that have already
passed.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 119
Additional Details

The restriction on starting dates for compliance requirement revisions—limiting them to the present or future—
has been removed. You can create revisions of compliance requirements for any dates (past, present, or future)
in the Manage Compliance Requirements - Regulations, Permits, Policies app.

Related Information

Compliance Requirements
Revising Compliance Requirements

6.1.3.7 Additional Reporting Information for Locations

With this feature, a new Additional Reporting Information section has been added to the Manage Locations
app. You can use this section to add the required location details for emissions declaration reports using the
SAP-delivered content, or customize it for other report types.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The new Additional Reporting Information section is found under the Environmental Details tab in the Manage
Locations app.

For customizing it to your reporting needs, see the section below.

If you are creating or editing a location that is relevant for emissions declaration reporting in compliance with
German environmental regulations, this step is necessary in order for the report to be complete.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

120 PUBLIC Manufacturing
In the Additional Reporting Information section, choose Load Reporting Information. From the dropdown menu,
choose Emissions Declaration. After the entries have loaded, select all that apply to your location and choose
Save.

Effects on Configuration

You can also customize this section to load data for different report types.

In your configuration environment, use the search function to find the following activities: Specify Additional
Reporting Information Types and Specify Additional Reporting Information Details. There, you can configure all
the fields in the section according to your needs.

For more information, see Configuration for Environment Management [page 122].

Related Information

Manage Emissions Declaration Report [page 113]

Create Location

6.1.3.8 Integration of Greenhouse Gas Emissions Data with

SAP Sustainability Control Tower

With this integration, you can merge greenhouse gas emissions data collected in EHS with the SAP
Sustainability Control Tower, allowing you to record, report and act on your sustainability goals across both
products.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4XD

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 121
Additional Details

The following apps are part of the SAP Sustainability Control Tower product, and they allow you to create
an inventory with your business activity data, add emissions data to your business data, and analyze the
greenhouse gas emissions of your organization:

• Manage Emission Inventory: Create an inventory of your activities that release emissions to define the
boundary for greenhouse gas (GHG) recording.
• Collect Emission Data: Collect and associate greenhouse gas emissions data to your business activities.
You can prepare emissions data for further analysis in the View Emission Dashboard app.
• View Emission Dashboard: Analyze the emission output for your company for specific periods, business
locations, and GHG scopes. Track your overall progress and see in which areas you have already reduced
the emissions output.

Related Information

Integration

6.1.3.9 Configuration for Environment Management

With this release, new configuration objects or configuration items for making settings related to Environment
Management have been added to your configuration environment. In addition, changes have been made to
some previously delivered configuration objects or configuration items.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

122 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Additional Details

New/changed
Configuration configuration ob- Solution Capabil-
Type of change for ... ject What you can do Solution Area ity

New Customizing Value help for Specify Han- Specify the ways Environment, Environment Man-
activity the required Use dled Substances in which your busi- Health and Safety agement (SAP S/
field in the Usages ness processes 4HANA)
Collect Handled use handled sub-
Substances app stances that
are subject to
regulatory report-
ing, in the
Collect Handled
Substances app.

New Customizing Location types Specify Location Specify the loca- Environment, Environment Man-
activity that can be used Types tion types that are Health and Safety agement (SAP S/
in Environment, available for use in 4HANA)
Health, and Safety the system (such
apps as facility, plant,
building, and so
on).

New Customizing Location classi- Specify Location Create location Environment, Environment Man-
activity fiers that Classifier Types classifier types to Health and Safety agement (SAP S/
can be used group locations 4HANA)
in Environment, by a common
Health, and Safety classification and
apps sort through them
more easily.

New Customizing Reporting types Specify Additional Specify what re- Environment, Environment Man-
activity that load addi- Reporting Informa- porting types are Health and Safety agement (SAP S/
tional reporting in- tion Types available to se- 4HANA)
formation for use lect from in
in environmental the Additional
reports Reporting
Information sec-
tion in the Manage
Locations app.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 123
 New/changed
Configuration configuration ob- Solution Capabil-
Type of change for ... ject What you can do Solution Area ity

New Customizing Entries that load Specify Additional Specify the rows Environment, Environment Man-
activity with each report- Reporting Informa- of entries that Health, and Safety agement (SAP S/
ing type in the tion Details load with each 4HANA)
Manage Locations reporting type
app in the Additional
Reporting
Information sec-
tion in the Manage
Locations app.

6.1.3.10 User Notification for Reporting Tasks

With this feature, you can specify the events which trigger an automatic email notification sent to a task owner,
assignee, or approver. You can set up the notifications for reporting tasks as desired, so that the right person
will receive an email as soon as a task fulfills a pre-specified condition (such as being completed, rejected, past
due date, and so on). This makes it easier for the persons assigned to keep track of their tasks.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

There are predefined email templates for notifying the persons assigned to a standard task or a task requiring
approval. The necessary information (such as task title, description, location, and due date) is filled in
automatically by the system, and the email is sent as soon as the task fulfills a preset condition. These
templates are maintained by the system administrator in the Maintain Email Templates app. This app can also
be used to create and adjust custom templates as a copy of the pre-delivered ones.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

124 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.1.3.11 Objects Released for Developer Extensibility in
Environment Management

With the objects released in Environment Management, you have access to data from SAP S/4HANA when
building custom applications or extensions with developer extensibility. You can integrate the released objects
in your custom code or extend them at predefined extension points. Depending on your use case, different
object types are provided (such as BAdIs, CDS views, or RAP business objects). You can find all the released
objects in the ABAP Development Tools (ADT), when you're connected to your SAP S/4HANA system.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-EM (Environment Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following table summarizes the objects that have been added for developer extensibility with the current
release.

Objects Added for Developer Extensibility

Object
Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

BAdI Handled Substance Col- BADI_EHENV_HSC_IMP New This BAdI allows you to set up the Collect Handled
ORT
lection Import Substances app to be able to import external data
into a handled substance collection.

BAdI Generate Environmental BADI_EHENV_REPORT_ New This BAdI allows you to create your own custom
GEN_FILE
Report XML report implementation, based on the emis-
sions declaration report.

BAdI Validation of Environmen- BADI_EHENV_RPT_PER New This BAdI allows you to create custom validations
IOD_VAL
tal Report Period for the reporting period chosen during the emis-
sions declaration report setup. SAP currently only
offers a yearly reporting period. If you want to use
a different reporting period (for example, monthly),
you need to implement this BAdI.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 125
Object
Type End-User Name Technical Name Type Details

BAdI Get additional reporting BADI_EHENV_RPT_LOC New This BAdI allows you to extract a facility's additional
_REP_INFO
information of a location reporting information from the Manage Locations
app. It also conains an implementation for use in
PRTR reports.

BAdI Adjustment of the PRTR BADI_EHENV_RPT_ADJ New This BAdI allows you to adjust the content within
_PRTR_CHPTR
chapters during genera- the chapters of a PRTR report. It includes a
tion CHAPTER_ID filter that determines which imple-
mentation is used. The following implementations
are delivered for PRTR reports:

• BADI_EHENV_RPT_ADJ_PRTR_CH_AE (AE =
emissions to air [including accidental] and
land)
• BADI_EHENV_RPT_ADJ_PRTR_CH_EW (EW =
emissions to water)
• BADI_EHENV_RPT_ADJ_PRTR_CH_PL (PL =
BImSchG plant data)
• BADI_EHENV_RPT_ADJ_PRTR_CH_WD (WD =
waste disposal)

Developer extensibility allows you to create development projects in SAP S/4HANA by using ABAP
Development Tools for Eclipse. This gives you the opportunity to build extensions, services, and SAP Fiori
apps using the complete set of ABAP features released for SAP S/4HANA, for example, with the ABAP RESTful
Application Programming model, http services, and ABAP objects. For more information about the released
objects and how to find them, see Released Development Objects.

Effects on System Administration

The business role template Developer (SAP_BR_DEVELOPER) needs to be assigned to the user. This business
role template consists of business catalogs that contain the authorizations required for working with the
development objects released for developer extensibility. You can find details about the business catalogs
contained in the business role template Developer in the Maintain Business Roles app.

6.1.3.12 Waste Management

6.1.3.12.1 Form for Land Disposal Restrictions

With this feature, in the My Waste Transportation Documents app, a land disposal restrictions (LDR) form is
generated when you schedule the transportation of hazardous waste. The LDR form is available in addition to a
hazardous waste manifest (HWM).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

126 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

An LDR form is used to accompany shipments of hazardous waste from the point of generation to a treatment,
storage, or disposal (TSD) facility. The LDR form contains information on the waste generator, TSD facility, and
the waste products contained in the shipment.

 Note

The HWM and LDR forms are required by regulations that only apply in the United States of America.

When a document of the HAZARDOUS WASTE MANIFEST type is in Transportation Scheduled status, the LDR
form is available in the Output Items section of the My Waste Transportation Documents app (F5290).

Effects on Existing Data

You can generate an LDR form for an existing document that is in Transportation Scheduled status by choosing
Set to New and then Schedule Transportation.

Related Information

My Waste Transportation Documents

Waste Transportation Documents

6.1.3.12.2 Integration with Inventory Management

With this feature, movements of waste are reflected in Inventory Management and recorded by creating the
corresponding material documents (goods receipt and goods issue). In the Manage Waste Transfer Requests

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 127
app, the Reference Documents section now also includes material documents that are posted in Inventory
Management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following types of goods movement are recorded in Inventory Management:

• Goods Receipt
When you post a waste transfer request, a goods receipt is posted in Inventory Management, and the stock
change is reflected in the system.
When you cancel the posting of a waste transfer request (Cancel Post action), the transfer request reverts
to New status. The goods receipt already posted in Inventory Management is reversed.
• Goods Issue
When you submit a transportation document that is related to a posted waste transfer request, a goods
issue is posted in Inventory Management, and the stock change is reflected in the system.
When you cancel a submitted waste transportation document, the goods issue is reversed.

Prerequisites

For the waste storage location defined in the waste stream (a location of the Storage Location type), the
following data must be available:

• In the Organizational Information section, the fields Plant ID and Cost Center must be filled in.
• In the Storage Information section, the Storage Location field must be filled in.

Effects on System Administration

To be able to post material documents and see these documents in the Reference Documents section, users
need to be authorized to work with Inventory Management.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

128 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Related Information

Waste Transfer Requests

Manage Waste Transfer Requests - Waste Management

6.1.3.12.3 Synchronization of Confirmed Quantities from

Waste Transportation Documents to Waste
Transfer Requests

With this feature, for each waste transfer request in the Manage Waste Transfer Requests app, you can see
the quantities of waste whose disposal has been confirmed. The data is taken from the waste shipment's
transportation document after it is updated with the total confirmed quantity following the waste disposal.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The Confirmed Quantity field has been added to the Manage Waste Transfer Requests app (F6084). The data is
taken from the Confirmed Quantity field in the My Waste Transportation Documents app (F5290) when the Total
Confirmed Quantity field is filled in after disposal has been confirmed.

If a single transportation document was created for multiple waste transfer requests, the confirmed quantity
for each request is calculated from the total confirmed quantity based on the ratio of the outgoing quantities
in the individual requests. In the waste transportation document, you can also fill in the individual confirmed
quantity for each request. Then, these values are displayed in the Manage Waste Transfer Requests app.

Related Information

Waste Transfer Requests

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 129
Manage Waste Transfer Requests - Waste Management
Waste Transportation Documents
My Waste Transportation Documents

6.1.3.12.4 Custom Fields and Configuration for Waste

Transfer Requests

You can customize the Manage Waste Transfer Requests - Waste Management app according to your business
needs for different aspects, using the following extensibility and configuration options.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicablee

Application Component EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Custom Fields
In the Custom Fields and Logic app, you can now enable custom fields to be used in the Manage Waste Transfer
Requests - Waste Management app. The custom fields that you create are visible as new columns in the list
report table (on the initial search results page).

Business Context UI Technology Navigation Path UI Element Type

EHS Waste Management Fiori List Report Table

Waste Transfer Request
(EHEWA_WASTE_TRANS-
FER_REQUEST)

Business Add-Ins
The new Business Add-In (BAdI) Waste Transfer Request Status Validation (BADI_EHEWA_WTR_STATUS_VAL)
enables you to implement your own validations for the system to perform before a user can assign a different
status to a waste transfer request.

You can only create custom validations for statuses that fulfill the following criteria:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

130 PUBLIC Manufacturing
1. They are standard, SAP-delivered statuses (not custom created)
2. They have no existing default validations configured

For example, the following statuses have existing default validations and currently cannot accept custom
validations: Default (New), Posted, Assigned.

The BAdI definition is part of the ES_EHEWA_WTR_STATUS_VALIDATION enhancement spot and uses the
IF_BADI_EHEWA_WTR_STATUS_VAL interface, which includes the VALIDATE_STATUS_CHANGE method.

Customizing Activities
You can now use the Maintain Number Range for Waste Transportation Document - Number Customizing
activity to specify a number range for internal waste transportation document numbers. You can find
this activity under Environment, Health and Safety Waste Management Transportation Documents
Maintain Number Range for Waste Transportation Document - Number .

6.1.3.12.5 Attachments Section in the Import Waste

Documents - Delivery Notes App

With this feature, in the Import Waste Documents - Delivery Notes app, you can view and download files that
you've used to import waste delivery notes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

With the Import Waste Documents - Delivery Notes app (F7338), you can use a template to import data from
nonregulated waste transportation documents (delivery notes) that are provided by a disposer to confirm the
transportation and disposal of nonhazardous waste. The system then creates entries for the waste transfer
requests and waste transportation documents related to the completed waste shipments.

The files you import will now appear in the Attachments section of the Import Waste Documents - Delivery
Notes app. You can view and download both successfully imported files and files that couldn't be imported.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 131
Related Information

Import Waste Documents - Delivery Notes

6.1.3.12.6 Maximum Size of the Import File for Waste Delivery

Notes

With this feature, in the Import Waste Documents - Delivery Notes app, the maximum size of the import file for
waste delivery notes has been set to 10 MB. Previously, it was possible to import files larger than 10 MB, which
could sometimes slow down performance.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component EHS-SUS-WA (Waste Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Import Waste Documents - Delivery Notes

6.2 Extended Production Planning and Scheduling

6.2.1 Enhancements for Tank Planning with Container

Resources

For tank planning with container resources in Production Planning and Detailed Scheduling (PP/DS), you can
now use the following improved features:

• Fixed pegging relationships are now also retained for split storage activities.
• Usability improvements

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

132 PUBLIC Manufacturing
• As evaluation date and time for the fill level calculation on the Storage Resources view in Order Processing,
you can now also select at the start or end of each individual storage activity.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-PPS (Production Planning and Detailed

Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The usability improvements include the following:

• You can now navigate from a production data structure (PDS) to the corresponding product storage
definition (PSD) and vice versa.
• You can now navigate from the detailed scheduling planning board directly to the Storage Resources view in
Order Processing.
• You can add additional rows in the table in the Storage Resources view in Order Processing to be able to split
storage activities on the same storage resource.
• When input quantities are changed, the duration of storage activities can be recalculated. You can define in
Customizing whether the duration is calculated always, never, or whether the user can decide every time.

Effects on Customizing

In Customizing activity Advanced Planning Tank Planning with Container Resources Maintain Settings
for Tank Planning with Container Resources , you can now specify whether each time input quantities are
changed, the duration of storage activities, like draining, is recalculated.

You have the following options:

• Never
• Always
• Ask Every Time

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 133
Related Information

Tank Planning with Container Resources

Splitting Storage Activities

6.2.2 Manage Flexible Constraints for PP/DS

You can now use the Manage Flexible Constraints for PP/DS SAP Fiori app to manage flexible constraints for
Production Planning and Detailed Scheduling (PP/DS). Flexible constraints can be created by integration with
an external planning system, like SAP Integrated Business Planning for Supply Chain (SAP IBP), or manually in
this app. The flexible constraints can be used for planning with heuristic Planning of Std. Lots (Flex. Constr.).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-PPS (Production Planning and Detailed

Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Existing Data

For the new SAP Fiori app, the Flexible Constraint Group ID has been introduced that collects multiple flexible
constraints for the same combination of planning version, scope, location, product, and source of supply
(SoS). During the upgrade, existing flexible constraints are grouped using Silent Data Migration (SDM) with
class /SAPAPO/CL_SDM_FLEXCONS. For more information, see 3396802 .

Related Information

Manage Flexible Constraints for PP/DS

Managing Flexible Constraints

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

134 PUBLIC Manufacturing
6.2.3 Flexible Constraints for PP/DS: Minimum and
Maximum Supply Quantity

This feature enables you to define minimum and maximum supply quantities as flexible constraints in
Production Planning and Detailed Scheduling (PP/DS). These minimum and maximum supply constraints
can be used, along with the already existing target supply constraint, for planning with the Planning of Std.
Lots (Flex. Constr.) (SAP_PP_FLXC) heuristic. Minimum and maximum supply quantity can also be created by
integration from an external planning system, like SAP Integrated Business Planning for Supply Chain (SAP
IBP).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-PPS (Production Planning and Detailed

Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Related Information

Planning with Flexible Constraints

6.3 Production Operations

6.3.1 Just-In-Time Supply to Production

• New applications available: Manage Forwarded JIS Calls, Monitor Forwarded JIS Calls, Forwarded JIS Calls
- Overview
• Reorder components in forwarded JIS calls
• New field titled Relevant for Forwarding for forwarding relevant JIS calls to suppliers introduced
• Send forwarded JIS calls to next suppliers

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 135
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LE-JIT-S2P

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Additional Details

• With the Manage Forwarded JIS Calls application, you as a Production Supervisor - Lean
Manufacturing (SAP_BR_PRODN_SUPVR_LEAN_MFG) or Material Planner - Just-In-Time Supply
(SAP_BR_MATL_PLNR_JIT_S_TO_C) can view, edit, forward, and reorder forwarded Just-In-Sequence (JIS)
calls that are created from the customer JIS calls.
• With the Monitor Forwarded JIS Calls application, you as Production Supervisor-Lean
Manufacturing (SAP_BR_PRODN_SUPVR_LEAN_MFG) or Material Planner - Just-In-Time Supply
(SAP_BR_MATL_PLNR_JIT_S_TO_C) can get a view of forwarded JIS calls available in your responsible
area. Using the analytical application, it is possible to identify the active, completed, and cancelled
forwarded JIS calls against different filter criteria.
• With the Forwarded JIS Calls - Overview application, you as a Production Supervisor - Lean
Manufacturing (SAP_BR_PRODN_SUPVR_LEAN_MFG) or Material Planner - Just-In-Time Supply
(SAP_BR_MATL_PLNR_JIT_S_TO_C) can get an overview of all forwarded JIS (Just in Sequence) calls in
your responsible area against different filter criteria.
• Possible to trigger reorder for a subset of component materials of the forwarded JIS calls from the object
page. Also create forwarded JIS calls for selected faulty component using the Reorder option.
• New field titled Relevant for Forwarding within the External Replenishment tab is introduced. This is to
identify control cycles that are relevant for forwarding JIS calls to suppliers.
• Possible to forward Just-In-Sequence (JIS) calls and retransmission of messages to next tier suppliers.
Retransmissions are supported only if the JIS call is not in Completed status.

Effects on Customizing

A new configuration titled Mapping Internal Processing Status to External Status is introduced.

6.3.2 Updated Distribution Balance Check in PMMO

The Distribution Balance Check feature in Project Manufacturing Management and Optimization (PMMO) has
been enhanced to get detailed information on grouping WBS elements that have undistributed costs. You can

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

136 PUBLIC Manufacturing
now run the report in the test mode, view the persisted distribution balance check records, and also view the
header records for distribution balance check.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-PMM-DIS ( Distribution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

6.3.3 Exception Upload via Excel

You can use the Exception Upload via Excel feature in Project Manufacturing Management and Optimization
(PMMO) that offers an API to create, change, and delete exceptions for PMMO.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-PMM-PEG (Pegging)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

6.3.4 Execution Sheets

This feature enables you to benefit from these enhancements:

• Unified look and feel across manufacturing scenarios and more modern user interface (HTML 5 standard-
compliant)
• Reduced maintenance, increased performance, and access, maintenance, and archiving using SAP GUI for
Windows or SAP GUI for HTML

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 137
• High reuse of customer investments in XStep-based process instructions, master recipes, routings, and so
on
• Easy migration from browser-based PI sheets and work instructions to execution sheets

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Produc-

tion Order

Make-to-Stock with Co- and By-Products - Process Manu-

facturing

Make-to-Order Production - Process Manufacturing

Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing

Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Process

Order

Application Component PP-PI-PMA (Process Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Execution sheets provide the following modern ERP process management (PP-PI-PMA) capabilities:

• High reuse of precious customer investments in the design time

• XStep-based process instructions, master recipes, routings, and so on
• Easy migration by exchanging the leading control recipe or instruction destinations (destination
type = 4) against XStep destinations of (new) destination type 'X'.
• High reuse of established and robust functionality
• Approvals using digital signatures
• Dynamic function calls (SAP function modules and custom function modules)
• Tracking and tracing features, like the event log
• Optical archiving (standalone or as content of batch records) using SAP ArchiveLink
• Unified, modern look and feel, independently of chosen manufacturing scenario
• Batch-oriented (PP-PI) and discrete (PP-SFC)
• High reuse of HTML 5-compliant custom style sheets created for browser-based PI sheets and work
instructions
• Reduced maintenance and increased performance

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

138 PUBLIC Manufacturing
 • Semantically structured HTML content
• Usage of state-of-the-art stylesheet functions, like CSS grid
• Allows easy adoption of the look and feel for mobile device usage

Effects on Customizing

To generate execution sheets, you need to maintain new destinations of type X as follows:

Open the following activity in the SAP Customizing Implementation Guide: Production Planning
for Process Industries Process Management Destinations Maintain Destination (transaction
CMX_XSH_DEST_SETUP) :

• Create a new entry for the destination in the selected plant.

• Choose a name for the destination.
• The name consists of two characters, uppercase and lowercase characters.
• Maintain the address and the description of the destination.
• On the destination details screen, maintain the configuration settings for the approval (digital signatures)
and the event log.
• Save your changes.

Related Information

Execution Sheets
Browser-Based Process Management Applications
Execution Sheets: HTML Generation and Data Exchange

6.3.5 Enhanced (Electronic) Batch Records

This feature enables you to benefit from the following:

• Improved batch record workload selection with additional criteria

• Access, maintenance, archiving, and approval of batch records using SAP GUI for Windows and SAP GUI
for HTML, with additional user credential check technologies for batch record version approval
• Reuse of existing print reports and forms, including accessing archived execution sheets, current and
legacy browser-based PI sheets, and work instructions

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 139
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Produc-

tion Order

Make-to-Stock with Co- and By-Products - Process Manu-

facturing

Make-to-Order Production - Process Manufacturing

Make-to-Stock Production - Discrete Manufacturing

Make-to-Stock - Process Manufacturing Based on Process

Order

Application Component PP-PI-PDO (Process Data Documentation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The enhanced electronic batch record capabilities allow the following:

• Better selection of the batch record workload

• Additional selection criteria
• Access, maintenance, archiving, and approval of batch records using SAP GUI for Windows and SAP GUI
for HTML
• Reusing existing (custom) print reports and (custom) print forms (SAPscript, SAP Smart Forms, and
Adobe-based forms)
• Includes accessing archived execution sheets, browser-based PI sheets, and work instructions (HTML
5 standard)
• Includes accessing archived HTML 4-compliant legacy browser-based PI sheets and work instructions
• Approval of batch record versions using additional user
credential check technologies (https://help.sap.com/docs/ABAP_PLATFORM_NEW/
70761bba72014fb48199b9232d0d8409/2039af361f7f4991ba511ebf85d557c3.html?
version=202310.000), provided by the class-
based https://help.sap.com/docs/ABAP_PLATFORM_NEW/70761bba72014fb48199b9232d0d8409/
a775745b9bc84d86ad83edbd671f02d7.html?version=202310.000 tool
• System signature after check of time-based one-time passcode (TOTP) data and the SAP user ID
• System signature after check of external password and the SAP user ID
• Using SAP directory services (Lightweight Directory Access Protocol (LDAP))

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

140 PUBLIC Manufacturing
Related Information

Enhanced Batch Record Functionality

Optical Archiving of Batch Records

6.3.6 Just-In-Time Supply to Customer

With this release, the following new features have been included:

• Subsequent Delivery Processing of Packing Groups

In case of delayed delivery of a JIT call component, before blocking the delivery for all other JIT calls
planned to be packed and delivered together, only that affected JIT call component group gets delivered
subsequently. It is therefore removed from the packing group to which it has been allocated according to
its sequence number. Various options are now available for further processing.
• Deallocation of Component Group from Packing Group Slot
A new action S1_PG_CANC allows you to deallocate a component group from a packing group and enable
automatic rearrangement.
• Reallocation of Packing Groups on Sequence Number Update
After the allocation of a customer JIT call component group to a packing group slot, there could be an
update of the sequence number. In such a case, since the existing packing group allocation does not
conform to the updated sequence number, you can carry out a reallocation.
• Exclude Different Levels of Packing Group from Handling Unit
As a master data specialist, you can exclude one or multiple levels of packing group specification (in case
of nested scenarios), except for the innermost level.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2EM (Just-In-Time Supply to Customer)

Application Component LE-JIT-S2C

Available As Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Links

For more information, refer to the product documentation at https://help.sap.com under SAP S/4HANA
Manufacturing Production Operations Just-In-Time (JIT) Supply to Customer .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing PUBLIC 141
6.4 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see What's New Viewer.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

142 PUBLIC Manufacturing
7 Manufacturing for Production
Engineering and Operations

7.1 Cross-Area Features

7.1.1 Customizing Activities and Business Add-Ins for PEO

This topic provides an overview of new and changed Customizing activities and Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) in
Customizing for Production under Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO (Manufacturing Engineering Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Additional Details

Customizing Path Customizing Activity/BAdI Description

Production Manufacturing for BAdI: Direct Assignment for Defect You implement this Business Add-In
Production Engineering and (BAdI) if you want to create a new de-
Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) fect code using data from a PiP source
Production Engineering Production file. You can also implement a 1:0 or a

Integration Portal (PiP) Data 1:n logic.

You also implement this BAdI if you

want to use data from a source item in
the PiP file when creating a defect code.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 143
Customizing Path Customizing Activity/BAdI Description

BAdI: Direct Assignment for Header You implement this BAdI if you want to
Document
create a new shop floor routing header
document using data from a PiP source
file. You can also implement a 1:0 or a
1:n logic.

You also implement this BAdI if you

want to use data from a source item
in the PiP file when creating a routing
header document.

BAdI: Direct Assignment for Logical You implement this BAdI if you want to
Component
create a logical component using data
from a PiP source file. You can also im-
plement a 1:0 or a 1:n logic.

You also implement this BAdI if you

want to use data from a source item
in the PiP file when creating a logical
component.

Production Manufacturing for BAdI: Identifying and Converting Shop You can use the new method
Production Engineering and Floor Orders
SET_EXTENDED_QUALITY_CHECKS
Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) (Set Indicator for Extended Quality
Production Operations Shop Floor Checks).

Orders This method is called to update the in-

dicator for extended quality checks in
the inspection lot whenever a shop floor
order is created or master data is re-
read.

For detailed information, see the

method documentation in the system.

Production Manufacturing for Define Number Ranges You need to maintain the new num-
Production Engineering and Operations ber range for PRT registration: MPE
Number Range Object for PRT Reg-
General Settings
istration (Maximum number allowed:
9,223,372,036,854,775,807)

Production Manufacturing for BAdI: Additional Checks When Creating You can use the new
Production Engineering and or Changing SN Groups default implementation class
CL_MPE_SFI_GRP_CHK_DOC_LNKS
Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
which checks whether the documents
Production Operations Serial attached to the shop floor orders of the
Number Groups group members are identical.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

144 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Customizing Path Customizing Activity/BAdI Description

Logistics - General Product Define Serial Number Profiles In this customizing activity, you define
Lifecycle Management (PLM) Plant the serialization procedure of the serial
Maintenance and Customer Service number profile to determine whether
Master Data in Plant Maintenance and you want to perform a quantity-based

Customer Service Technical Objects or equipment registration for material

and equipment PRTs in execution.
Serial Number Management

Production Manufacturing for BAdI: Allowing and Disallowing BOM to You implement this Business Add-In
Production Engineering and MRS Mapping
(BAdI) if you want to enable the use
Operations Business Add-Ins of generic paths when creating BOM to
(BAdIs) Production Engineering MRS mapping. You can define rules to

Manufacturing Reference Structures control when the system is to create a

generic path and when a full specified
path is to be used for the mapping.

You also implement this BAdI if you

want to restrict the mapping behavior
for released BOMs.

For detailed information, see the BAdI

documentation in the system and refer
to the example implementation.

Production Manufacturing for BAdI: Mapping of Components/Instan- You implement this BAdI to map com-
Production Engineering and ces When Creating SFR Using Source ponent and component instance as-
SFR signments to operation activities when
Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
creating a new routing for an MBOM us-
Production Engineering Shop Floor ing an already existing shop floor rout-
Routings ing as the source.

Production Manufacturing for BAdI: Create Object Dependency You implement this BAdI if you want to
Production Engineering and enable flattening of phantom BOM that
has multi-level object dependencies.
Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Production Engineering Converting
Planning BOMs into Shop Floor BOMs

Production Manufacturing for BAdI: Item Category - Text Item Check You can use this BAdI to override the
Production Engineering and text item check on BOMs. When you
implement this BAdI, the system allows
Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
processing of BOMs that contain text
Production Engineering Version item category.
BOM APIs

Related Information

Settings for Serialization - PRT Registration

Manufacturing Reference Structures (MRS) [page 155]
Extended Quality Checks in Execution [page 180]

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 145
7.1.2 Concurrent Engineering

SAP S/4HANA PEO provides features to support you to achieve a concurrent design and manufacturing
environment. The aim is to create a more collaborative, team-based approach for designing and manufacturing
products and to establish better communication channels between product engineers, production engineers,
quality engineers, and production operators, for example. A new comparison is now available which you can
use to compare the as-built product hierarchy with the as-planned MBOM.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO (Manufacturing Engineering Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Compare As-Built with As-Planned [page 189]

7.1.3 Replication of Production Order Changes from PEO to

ERP

With this feature, the system now replicates any changes you make to a shop floor order in SAP S4HANA
production engineering and operations to your ERP system. In previous releases, the system replicated the
source production order to the PEO system where it is processed. However, it was not previously possible to
replicate any order changes done in the PEO system back to the ERP system. With this release, this gap has
been closed and you can now keep both ERP production orders and PEO shop floor orders in synch. The new
features enabled in the current release are explained further in the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

146 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-DSC (DSC Edition for PEO (PEO and ERP side-by-
side))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following features have been enabled with the current release. You can now:

• Update the ERP production order as defined in an order-specific shop floor routing in the PEO system.
• Update the ERP production order if a rework operation has been added to the shop floor routing in the PEO
system.

7.2 Extended Production Engineering

7.2.1 Enhancements to VEMP

A number of enhancements have been made to the Visual Enterprise Manufacturing Planner (VEMP), which
are described in the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PLM-VEP-VMP (Visual Manufacturing Planner)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 147
Additional Details

Working with Generic (Undefined) BOM Hierarchy Paths

When mapping the BOM hierarchy to the MRS during the EBOM to MBOM handover in an absolute occurrence
scenario, you might have a situation where you need to map a BOM item in the context of the end item but
you are not yet able to provide the complete path from the BOM root to the BOM item. To create the mapping,
you need to allow undefined paths between the BOM root and the BOM item which wasn't possible in previous
releases. From this release, using the new BAdI: Allowing and Disallowing BOM to MRS Mapping, you can now
enable BOM to MRS mapping even if undefined BOM paths exist.

Changed Behavior for BOM to MRS Mapping for Released BOM Versions
From this release, you can map the BOM hierarchy to the MRS even for released BOM versions. This is the
new standard behavior. If you want to restrict the mapping so that it is only allowed for non-released BOM
versions, for example, you can implement the BAdI EX_MPE_MRS_BOM_MAPPING_ALLOWED (BAdI: Allowing and
Disallowing BOM to MRS Mapping) and define what changes are allowed if the BOM version is released.

Enabling Non-Unitized Phantom Components for Unitized BOMs

In previous releases, you couldn't create a non-unitized phantom component in a unitized BOM. This means if
the component is non-unitized, then you must not mark it as phantom so that you are able to create it within a
unitized BOM. With the changes in the current release, the system allows phantom components which are also
non-unitized within a unitized BOM.

Reusing Common Assemblies Across the Planning Scope

When manufacturing assemblies are reused, error may occur in some cases due to mismatch of the location of
assembly. Due to this current behavior manufacturing engineer is required to create new MBOM alternative for
such assemblies resulting in manufacturing execution having multiple alternative BOMs of common materials.
This results in superfluous data in the system and more importantly complexity in manufacturing execution.

The updates in the current release enables you to reuse of a manufacturing synthetic sub assembly initially
created within a specific planning scope in the VEMP cockpit, making it available for reuse in other planning
scopes as well.

To achieve this, there are the following new options available in the VEMP:

• Load BOM without Matching: Currently, in the target panel if you want to load BOM by selecting a material
that was planned in a different planning scope, it will automatically match the instances with the source
panel. With the current release you can choose to load the BOM for a material without matching instances.

• Match Instances for a Node: This option is available in the target panel menu. In cases where you load
the BOM without matching instances, you can use this option to manually match instances if required.
Additionally, you can also push the node to the working panel even if it is locked. However, in this case the
only option available in the working panel is Resolve Discrepancy.

Flattening Phantom BOM with Multi-Level Object Dependency

The system supports copying object dependencies from a phantom BOM level to its lower-level components
when the object dependency exists solely at a single level. You can now enable flattening of hierarchy for
phantom BOMs with multi-level object dependency by implementing the BAdI BADI_MPE_EXBOM_OBDEP
(BAdI: Create Object Dependency). The BAdI implementation is then responsible for concatenating the logical
expressions of different BOM levels.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

148 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Effects on Customizing

• Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Production Engineering Manufacturing Reference Structures BAdI: Allowing and Disallowing BOM to
MRS Mapping
Implement this BAdI if you want to allow the use of generic BOM hierarchy paths for BOM to MRS mapping.
By default no generic path is allowed.
Also use this BAdI to restrict the new standard mapping behavior if the BOM version is released.
• Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Converting Planning BOMs into Shop Floor BOMs BADI: Create Object Dependency
In this Customizing activity, you can enable flattening of hierarchy for phantom BOMs with multi-level
object dependency.

Related Information

Handling of Phantom Assemblies

7.2.2 Monitor Snapshots - Engineering / Manufacturing

With this app, you can monitor the engineering and manufacturing snapshots for the products you're
manufacturing. A number of enhancements have been made to manufacturing snapshots which are described
in the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SNP (Engineering and Manufacturing Snapshot)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 149
Additional Details

Manufacturing Snapshots without MBOMs

You can now receive manufacturing packages from your external system (such as a PLM system) that only
contain manufacturing process definition (MPD) files and no MBOM information. This was not possible in
previous releases where the existence of an MBOM was mandatory. This means that you can now use the
resulting manufacturing snapshots to create rework shop floor routings or reference templates, for example,
which wasn't previously possible in the production integration portal (PiP). In the app, the system also displays
the status of the PiP data preparation and change record preparation for these new manufacturing snapshots
with no MBOMs, and if necessary, you can trigger the preparation process manually.

New Columns in the Documents Table

When you drill down into the manufacturing snapshot details page, you can now see the following new columns
in the Documents table:

• Routing Type - Indicates the purpose of the manufacturing snapshot: Shop floor routing, reference
operation set, reference operation, or reference operation activity.
• Rework Routing - Indicates whether the manufacturing snapshot is intended to create a rework shop floor
routing or a reference rework template.

Related Information

Production Integration Portal (PiP) [page 157]

7.2.3 Consistency Check for BOM Items of the Category Text

BOM items of the category Text are not supported in communicating information to the production operator in
the Perform Operation Activity app. Hence, a new consistency check has been implemented that prevents you
from being able to create text items at BOM level while you create a BOM using the Maintain Bill of Material
app, or version-controlled BOM APIs. The option to create text items while creating the version BOMs VEMP
has also been removed. However, if you still require text items to pass on the information to the production
engineer, you can use the BAdI implementation delivered with this release. Note that text items are not
supported in downstream processes such as in shop floor routings or in execution. Hence, if you need to pass
the information further, you need to use work instructions or attachments.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

150 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-BOM (Versioned Bill of Material API)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Version BOM APIs BAdI: Item Category: Text Item Check

With this Customizing activity, you can enable the use of text items to communicate additional information
from the design engineer to the production engineer.

7.2.4 Manage Change Records

With this feature, you can monitor the change process. The new features available in this release are described
in the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-CR (Manufacturing Change Record)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

New, changed, and enhanced features are available in following sections in the Manage Change Records app:

Manufacturing Snapshot
As you can now create a manufacturing snapshot with a manufacturing process definition (MPD) file without
an MBOM, you can use it to create rework routings and reference templates. The table contains two new
columns:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 151
• Routing Type - Indicates the purpose of the manufacturing snapshot: Shop floor routing, reference
operation set, reference operation, or reference operation activity.
• Rework Routing - Indicates whether the snapshot is intended to create a rework shop floor routing or a
reference rework template.

The following features in this section have been enhanced:

• Create New Routing - In addition to being able to create a new shop floor routing using the manufacturing
snapshot, you can now also create a new rework routing.
• Create Routing Version - In addition to being able to create new shop floor routing versions using the
manufacturing snapshot, you can now also create new rework routing versions on receipt of a new
snapshot revision.

 Note

See Effects on Customizing for information on the new business add-in (BAdI) available for defect code
mapping. These defect codes are required for the creation of rework routings.

The following features in this section are new:

• Create Reference Template - You can now use the manufacturing snapshot to create a reference rework
template, reference operation set, reference operation, or a reference operation activity.
• Create Template Version - You can now also use the manufacturing snapshot to update reference template
versions or reference rework template versions on receipt of a new snapshot revision.

Shop Floor Routing

You can now also add the new column Rework Routing to the table of shop floor routings by choosing the
 icon and selecting the corresponding entry. This means that you can now see whether a routing is a shop
floor routing or a rework routing at a glance.

Shop Floor Routing Templates

You can now also add the new column Rework Routing to the table of shop floor routing templates by choosing
the  icon and selecting the corresponding entry. This means that you can now see whether a reference
template is of the type rework at a glance.

Manufacturing BOM
You can now create a new target shop floor routing for an MBOM by copying an already existing source shop
floor routing. This might make sense if you have received a new MBOM from PLM, for example, which is
to replace an already existing one. Most of the MBOM components as well as the process details are still
valid. However, the new MBOM might contain new components/instances, changed components/instances,
or maybe even some of the components/instances in the old MBOM have been deleted. Instead of having to
go through the time-consuming process of creating a new shop floor routing from scratch, you can create the
target routing for the new MBOM by referencing and copying the source routing. This option is available in
the details screen of the change record in the Manufacturing BOM section. Select the appropriate MBOM and
choose Create New SFR From Source. During the copy process, the system maps the BOM components and
instances of the new target MBOM to the operation activities of the referenced source shop floor routing.

 Note

The advantage of this process over the copying of shop floor routings in the Manage Shop Floor Routings
app is that during the copy process, the system also copies the component/instance assignments meaning
that you don't have to maintain them again manually.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

152 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Flattening Phantom BOMs with Object Dependency
While updating a shop floor BOM from the Manufacturing BOM section, the system now supports the
copying of the object dependencies from a phantom BOM level to its lower-level components when the
object dependency exists solely at a single level. You can now also enable the copying of multi-level object
dependencies by implementing the BAdI BADI_MPE_EXBOM_OBDEP (BAdI: Create Object Dependency). The
BAdI implementation is then responsible for deriving the logical expressions for copying the multi-level object
dependencies to the lower-level components.

Effects on Customizing

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Production Engineering Shop Floor Routings BAdI: Mapping of Components/Instances When Creating SFR
Using Source SFR

You can implement this BAdI to define your own mapping logic to map component and component instance
assignments to operation activities when creating a new routing for an MBOM using an already existing shop
floor routing as the source. See BAdI documentation.

If you don't implement your own mapping logic, the system automatically uses the standard mapping logic
whereby component/instance assignments are copied as long as the material ID, quantity, and reference
designator information is identical.

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Production Engineering Production Integration Portal (PiP) Data BAdI: Direct Assignment for Defect

In this Customizing activity, you can enable the flattening of the hierarchy by mapping source item values
with the target defect codes. These defect codes are required to create rework shop floor routings or rework
templates in the PiP workspace of the shop floor routing.

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Converting Planning BOMs into Shop Floor BOMs BADI: Create Object Dependency

In this Customizing activity, you can enable the flattening of the hierarchy for phantom BOMs with multilevel
object dependencies.

Related Information

Production Integration Portal (PiP) [page 157]

Processing Options in the Manufacturing Snapshots Section

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 153
7.2.5 Creating a New Target SF Routing From a Source SF
Routing

With this feature, you can now create a new target shop floor routing for an MBOM by copying an already
existing source shop floor routing. The new feature is now available in the Manage Change Records app. See the
Additional Details section for more information.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-CR (Manufacturing Change Record)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You might want to use this feature if you have received a new MBOM from PLM, for example, which is to replace
an already existing one. Most of the MBOM components as well as the process details are still valid. However,
the new MBOM might contain new components/instances, changed components/instances, or maybe even
some of the components/instances in the old MBOM have been deleted. Instead of having to go through the
time-consuming process of creating a new shop floor routing from scratch, you can create the target routing
for the new MBOM by referencing and copying the source routing. This option is available in the details screen
of the change record in the Manufacturing BOM section. Select the appropriate MBOM and choose Create New
SFR From Source. During the copy process, the system maps the BOM components and instances of the new
target MBOM to the operation activities of the referenced source shop floor routing.

 Note

The advantage of this process over the copying of shop floor routings in the Manage Shop Floor Routings
app is that during the copy process, the system also copies the component/instance assignments meaning
that you don't have to maintain them again manually.

Effects on Customizing

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Production Engineering Shop Floor Routings BAdI: Mapping of Components/Instances When Creating SFR
Using Source SFR

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

154 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
You can implement this BAdI to define your own mapping logic to map component and component instances
to operation activities when creating a new target routing for an MBOM using an already existing shop floor
routing as the source. See BAdI documentation.

If you don't implement your own mapping logic, the system automatically uses the standard mapping logic
whereby component/instance assignments are copied as long as the material ID, quantity, and reference
designator information is identical.

Related Information

Manage Change Records [page 151]

How to Create a New SF Routing From a Source SFR

7.2.6 Analyze Change Impact

With this feature, you can now analyze the impact of engineering changes made to subcontracting orders in
the Analyze Change Impact app. The app provides network graphs to help you understand the relationships
between potentially impacted manufacturing objects and allows you to take immediate action where
necessary.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-ACI (Analyze Change Impact)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

7.2.7 Manufacturing Reference Structures (MRS)

A manufacturing reference structure (MRS) is a separate hierarchy of information that can be linked to
the BOM hierarchy to provide additional contextual information for BOM components during production
processes. PEO can establish these links between the BOM and MRS hierarchy. From this release, you can
now define whether you want to enable the system to create generic paths instead of fully specified paths in an
absolute occurrence scenario. More information is provided in the Additional Details section.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 155
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-MRS (Manufacturing Reference Structure)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Generic (Undefined) BOM Hierarchy Paths

When mapping the BOM hierarchy to the MRS, you might have a situation where you want to map a BOM item
in the context of the end item but you are not yet able to provide the complete path from the BOM root to the
BOM item. To create the mapping, you need to be able to create an undefined path between the BOM root and
the BOM item which wasn't possible in previous releases. You can now enable this by implementing the BAdI
EX_MPE_MRS_BOM_MAPPING_ALLOWED (BAdI: Allowing and Disallowing BOM to MRS Mapping).

 Note

By default no generic path is allowed. To enable the feature, you need to create the BAdI implementation
and make the necessary specifications that suit your requirements.

Changed Behavior
From this release, mapping is now generally allowed for released BOM versions. This is the
new standard behavior. If you want to restrict this behavior again, you can implement the BAdI
EX_MPE_MRS_BOM_MAPPING_ALLOWED (BAdI: Allowing and Disallowing BOM to MRS Mapping) and define
what changes you want to allow if the BOM version is released.

Effects on Customizing

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Production Engineering Manufacturing Reference Structures BAdI: Allowing and Disallowing BOM to MRS
Mapping

In this customizing activity, you can create a Business Add-In (BAdI) implementation to enable the use of
generic paths to support a unique absolute occurrence scenario when creating BOM to MRS mapping. You can
define rules to control when the system is to create a generic path and when a complete specified path is to be
used for the mapping. In addition, you can define what changes to the mapping are allowed if the BOM version
is released.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

156 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
For detailed information, see the BAdI documentation in the system and refer to the example implementation.

7.2.8 Production Integration Portal (PiP)

With this feature, you can integrate various kinds of files from an external system to SAP S/4HANA PEO and
subsequently use these source files in production engineering when creating the shop floor routing. Several
enhancements have been made to the PiP which are listed in the Additional Details section of this document.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-PIP (Production Integration Portal)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Additional Details

New, changed, and enhanced features are available for the production integration portal (PiP):

• You can now create a manufacturing snapshot that contains a manufacturing process definition (MPD)
but no MBOM or visual documents. You can use such a snapshot to create rework routings or reference
templates, for example. In previous releases, it wasn't possible to create rework routings or reference
templates using the production integration portal.
• If you have setup an automated process for handing over the MPD file, you can adjust the workflow so that
it still works if the manufacturing snapshot doesn't contain an MBOM. You have two options:
• You can create two separate workflows: One for manufacturing snapshots with MBOMs for which the
creation of a production version is required and one for manufacturing snapshots without MBOMs for
which the step for creating production versions is removed.
• You can instruct the system to use the same workflow to cover both cases. If the manufacturing
snapshot doesn't contain an MBOM, it automatically skips the step for creating the production version
without issuing any error but still continues to release the change record.
• You can now include defects (required for rework routings), header documents, and logical components
in the source PiP file and hand these objects over to the shop floor routing, rework routing, or reference
template in the PiP workspace as long as you have also maintained the necessary mapping information in
Customizing.
• The extended quality check (EQC) indicator is now also available as an attribute in Customizing and can be
set in the PiP for operation activities and inspection characteristics.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 157
Effects on Customizing

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Production Engineering

Production Integration Portal (PiP) Data Define PiP Data Settings

In this Customizing activity, you maintain the settings required to map the PiP source file content with the PEO
target object of the shop floor routing. You can now define mapping settings for defects, logical components,
and header documents. In addition, the extended quality check (EQC) indicator is now available as an attribute
in the PiP customizing settings.

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Production Engineering Production Integration Portal (PiP)

This Customizing activity contains the following new BAdIs:

• BAdI: Direct Assignment for Defect

Implement this Business Add-In (BAdI) if you want to create a new defect code using data from a PiP
source file. You can also implement a 1:0 or a 1:n logic.
You also implement this BAdI if you want to use data from a source item in the PiP file when creating a
defect code.
• BAdI: Direct Assignment for Header Document
Implement this BAdI if you want to create a new shop floor routing header document using data from a PiP
source file. You can also implement a 1:0 or a 1:n logic.
You also implement this BAdI if you want to use data from a source item in the PiP file when creating a
routing header document.
• BAdI: Direct Assignment for Logical Component
Implement this BAdI if you want to create a logical component using data from a PiP source file. You can
also implement a 1:0 or a 1:n logic.
You also implement this BAdI if you want to use data from a source item in the PiP file when creating a
logical component.

Related Information

Monitor Snapshots - Engineering / Manufacturing [page 149]

Settings for Automatic MPD File Handover

7.2.9 Material Variants

With this feature, material variants for configurable products have been enabled for SAP S/4HANA
Manufacturing for production engineering and operations. For more information, see the Additional Details
section.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

158 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO (Manufacturing Engineering Cockpit)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

With this feature, you can now use version-controlled BOMs and shop floor routings for configurable products
to create material variants.

• First, you need to create a separate material master for the material variant.

 Note

In the MRP 3 view, you need to enter the configurable material and configure the variant. The system
automatically sets the Variant checkbox.

• Secondly, you need to create a production version for the material variant in the Manage Production
Versions app. In the production version, you enter the version BOM and shop floor routing of the
configurable material.

 Note

In the Production section of the production version, the system displays the relevant configurable
product for information purposes.

When you create a production order for the material variant using the corresponding production version, the
system filters out the unnecessary components according to the material variant's configuration.

Related Information

Material Variants
Manage Production Versions [page 167]

7.2.10 Data Migration for PEO Routings and Templates

With this feature, you can perform migration tasks for PEO routings and templates using the migration report
MPE_RTG_DATA_MIGRATION. A new migration task is available in this release that you need to run before

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 159
working with shop floor routings, rework routings, order-specific shop floor routings, and reference templates.
During the migration task, the system performs a technical migration of a database table in preparation of
the new Extended Quality Check functionality now available for shop floor routing operation activities and
inspection characteristics.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-MIG (Migration of BOMs and Routings)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

7.2.11 Manage Templates - For Shop Floor Routings

With this feature, you can create and manage your shop floor routing templates. You can now use new features
that are available for reference templates. See Addition Details section for more information.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

New, changed, and enhanced features are available in the Manage Templates app:

• The layout of the creation screen has been optimized (transaction MSFR24):
• The Plant field has been moved to the new Template Data section.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

160 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
 • In the Material Data section, you define whether the reference template is relevant for serialized or
non-serialized products.
• The new section Snapshot Data has been added so that you can enter a snapshot and snapshot
revision with which you want to create the reference template.
• You can now create a manufacturing snapshot that contains a manufacturing process definition (MPD) but
no MBOM or visual documents. You can use such a snapshot to create a reference template or reference
rework template. In the creation screen (transaction MSFR24), you can enter the snapshot ID and revision.
When you proceed to create the template, you can see from the PiP assignment column that it has been
created using a direct assignment of a PiP source file. Navigate to the PiP workspace to perform the
handover of the source items to the template structure.

 Note

You can also trigger the creation of a reference template or reference rework template from the
Manufacturing Snapshots section in the change record. In addition, if a new snapshot revision
is available, you can create new versions for all impacted templates. For more information, see
Processing Options in the Manufacturing Snapshots Section.

• You can now change multiple operations and operation activities using mass-enabled functions. See
Changing Mass Operations and Operation Activities for Shop Floor Routings [page 166].

Related Information

Manage Change Records [page 151]

7.2.12 Manage Shop Floor Routings

With this feature you can create and manage your shop floor routings. You can now use new features that are
available for maintaining shop floor routings.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 161
Additional Details

New, changed, and enhanced features are available in the Manage Shop Floor Routings app:

Miscellaneous

• The layout of the screen for creating shop floor routings and rework routings (transaction MSFR1) has been
optimized:
• The Plant field has been moved to the new Shop Floor Routing Data section.
• In the Material Data section, you define whether the shop floor routing or rework routing is relevant for
serialized or non-serialized products. Here, you can also enter the material and MBOM information.
• In the Snapshot Data section, you can enter a snapshot and snapshot revision with which you want to
create the shop floor routing or rework routing.

Mass Changes for Operations and Operation Activities

You can now change multiple operations and operation activities using mass-enabled functions for shop floor
routings. See Changing Mass Operations and Operation Activities for Shop Floor Routings [page 166].

Header Documents

You can assign documents to the shop floor routing header in the details workspace, in the Header Documents
tab. This means that you can now assign important information that is applicable to all the operation activities
in the shop floor routing. It might refer to general handling instructions for the header material, the production
environment, or the production process itself such as:

• General health and safety instructions.

• The handling of dangerous goods, machines, and tools.
• Specific customer requirements.

The header document is also taken into consideration in the change history of the shop floor routing.

 Tip

You can navigate to the Display Document either by using the transaction CV03N directly in the system
and entering the document ID or by clicking the document ID in the Header Documents tab. Here, choose
Object Links. The system displays a selection of tabs depending on your system configuration. Select the
tab that is relevant for shop floor routings (the exact name of the tab depends on your customizing
settings). In this tab, the system displays a list of all shop floor routings that have referenced this
document. See the Effects on Customizing section for more information.

See also How to Assign Documents to the Shop Floor Routing Header.

Work Instructions

• In the interactive work instructions, the table that is created for PRTs now contains the new column
Registration Data. This column contains the input fields for the PRTs where you enter the serial number,
equipment number, and UII in the case of the equipment registration type and the quantity in the case of
the quantity-based registration type. This one new column replaces several previous columns in the table
and improves readability. This means that, in the Perform Operation Activity app, this is now a value help
field instead of a dropdown list.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

162 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Inspection Characteristics (ICs)
• Extended Quality Checks
You can now define that, in certain circumstances, additional quality checks are required. For example, you
want to validate a new process or a particular customer requires additional quality checks to comply with
special regulations. These extra inspection characteristics are defined in dedicated operation activities
or in additional inspection characteristics which are included in the shop floor order if the Order is EQC
Relevant checkbox is set in the Control tab.
For more information, see Setting up Extended Quality Checks.
• Enable Change History for Remarks
By selecting the RR Change Documents checkbox in the Miscellaneous section, you can enable the
recording of a change history for IC remarks which are documented in the production action log. The
system records the history for the first 40 characteristics of the remark. If the production operator on the
shop floor enters a remark that is longer than 40 characters, the complete latest version of the remark is
available in the Notes field of the production action log.
The change history is only available if you have made the necessary setting in Customizing.
• Copy ICs with PRTs - Changed Behavior
In this release, enhancements are now available to facilitate the copying of ICs with test equipment if this
equipment is not yet available in the operation activity to which you are copying the ICs. Using this new
feature, you can copy several ICs from the same or a different shop floor routing or template and instruct
the system to copy any PRTs that are assigned to the ICs to be copied as test equipment.
For more information, see How to Copy Inspection Characteristics.
• Input Processing
You can now assign input processing to your inspection characteristics to inform the production operator
in execution which formula to use to define a particular measurement during result recording.
For more information, see How to Assign Input Processing to Inspection Characteristics.

Rework Routing
• To create the rework routing, you choose the Create button in the shop floor routing entry workspace.
There is no dropdown list any more in which you can choose shop floor routing or rework routing. By
choosing the Create button, the system takes you directly to the Create Shop Floor Routing screen where
you can determine that you want to create a rework routing by selecting the corresponding checkbox in the
General Data section.
• You can now create a manufacturing snapshot that contains a manufacturing process definition (MPD) but
no MBOM or visual documents. You can use such a snapshot to create a rework routing. In the creation
screen (transaction MSFR1), you can enter the snapshot ID and revision. When you proceed to create the
rework routing, you can see from the PiP assignment column that the rework routing has been created
using a direct assignment of a PiP source file. Navigate to the PiP workspace to perform the hand over of
the source items to the routing structure.

 Note

You can also trigger the creation of a rework routing from the Manufacturing Snapshots section in
the change record. In addition, if a new snapshot revision is available, you can create new versions
for all impacted rework routings. For more information, see Processing Options in the Manufacturing
Snapshots Section.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 163
Effects on Customizing

Cross-Application Components Document Management Control Data Define DMS Document Types

In this Customizing activity, you define the document types that you want to enable to be used as header
documents in the shop floor routing. Select the document type in the table and go to the Define object links
table. Here, assign the object PLVK to the document type along with the screen number 500.

 Note

To be able to select the object PLKV from the field help in the Define object links table, you first need to have
created the object along with its description in the Maintain object links description table. This description is
also used in the Display Documents (CV03N) transaction as the tab header listing all the shop floor routings
to which a particular document is assigned.

Quality Management Basic Settings Maintain Settings at Plant Level

In this Customizing activity, go to the plant-dependent QM settings for the relevant plant. Click the Results
Recording tab and make sure that the Immediate Creation of Change Docs checkbox is selected. This setting
controls whether the system records a change history for the first 40 characters of the remarks that you
enter for the inspection characteristics in the Perform Operation Activity app. The change history information is
available in the production action log.

 Caution

This checkbox is not set by default. SAP recommends that you only change this default setting if you really
need to track the changes made to the remarks for the inspection characteristics.

Related Information

Extended Quality Checks in Execution [page 180]

Remarks for Inspection Characteristics with Change History [page 183]

7.2.13 Manage Order-Specific Shop Floor Routings

With this feature you can create and manage your order-specific shop floor routings. You can now use new
features that are available for maintaining order-specific shop floor routings.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

164 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

New, changed, and enhanced features are available in the Order-Specific Shop Floor Routings app:

Miscellaneous Features
In the MBOM comparison mode, you can now transfer components of the item category Reference if such
a component exists in the new MBOM version (B) but not yet in the MBOM version (A) associated with the
order-specific routing. In past releases this was not possible and the Transfer button was not active.

Mass Changes for Operations and Operation Activities

You can now change multiple operations and operation activities using mass-enabled functions for order-
specific shop floor routings. See Changing Mass Operations and Operation Activities for Shop Floor Routings
[page 166].

Header Documents
You can now assign documents to the shop floor routing header meaning that you can assign important
information that is applicable to the complete shop floor routing. This document link is copied to the shop floor
order and is also available in the order-specific shop floor routing where you can also add new document links
at header level or change existing ones.

 Note

Any document links that were created in the shop floor order or that come from the production version are
not available in the order-specific shop floor routing.

Work Instructions
In the interactive work instructions, the table that is created for PRTs now contains the new column Registration
Data. This column contains the input fields for the PRTs where you enter the serial number, equipment number,
and UII in the case of the equipment registration type and the quantity in the case of the quantity-based
registration type. This one new column replaces several previous columns in the table and improves readability.

Inspection Characteristics (ICs)

• Extended Quality Checks
Depending on the editability of the operation activity, you can add additional inspection characteristics
that are relevant for extended quality checks for the operation activity in the order-specific shop floor
routing. You can compare order specific shop floor routings for production orders that are EQC relevant.
When comparing an order specific routing for a production order without EQC, the system filters out EQC
enabled operation activities or inspection characteristics from the master shop floor routing.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 165
 For more information, see Setting up Extended Quality Checks
• Copy ICs with PRTs - Changed Behavior
In this release, enhancements are now available to facilitate the copying of ICs with test equipment if this
equipment is not yet available in the operation activity to which you are copying the ICs. Using this new
feature, you can copy several ICs from the same or a different shop floor routing or template and instruct
the system to copy any PRTs that are assigned to the ICs to be copied as test equipment.
For more information, see How to Copy Inspection Characteristics.
• Input Processing
You can now assign input processing to your inspection characteristics to inform the production operator
in execution which formula to use to define a particular measurement during result recording.
For more information, see How to Assign Input Processing to Inspection Characteristics.

Related Information

Extended Quality Checks in Execution [page 180]

7.2.14 Changing Mass Operations and Operation Activities

for Shop Floor Routings

With this feature, you can now change multiple operations and operation activities (OAs) using mass-enabled
functions for shop floor routings, order-specific shop floor routings, and reference templates. These new
functions are available in the Change button in the structure workspace. More information is provided in the
Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

In the structure workspace, a mass change option for operations and operation activities is now available:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

166 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
• Select the routing header or an operation in the structure workspace and choose Change Change
Multiple Operations . The system displays a table displaying all the operations that are available for the
shop floor routing. Make the necessary changes and choose OK.
• Select an operation in the structure workspace and choose Change Change Multiple OAs (Sub Level)
or select an operation activity and choose Change Change Multiple OAs (Same Level) . The system
displays a table displaying all the operation activities that are available under the operation. Make the
necessary changes and choose OK.

7.2.15 Mass Creation of Operation Activities - Feature

Deprication Announcement

The feature for the mass creation of operation activities currently available in the Add Operation Activity dialog
box using ## and specifying the number of OAs to be created in the Create OAs field will be removed from SAP
S/4HANA OP 2023 FPS02 release. The feature to replace the old functionality has already been implemented.
You can find it in the dropdown list of the Add button in the structure workspace. Here, the two options
Add Multiple Operations and Add Multiple Operation Activities are available. This new mass creation feature is
available for all shop floor routing types. SAP recommends that you now only use the new feature.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFR (Shop Floor Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

7.2.16 Manage Production Versions

This app provides you with a complete overview of your production versions. You can monitor those production
versions for which you are responsible and identify any that contain consistency errors. For each production
version, you can drill down into the details page and update information as required. The app has been
enhanced with a number of new features, which are described in the Additional Details section.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 167
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-PV (Production Version)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following new and changed features are available:

MBOM Maturity Level

Information on the BOM status is now available in the Manage Production Versions app. In the Version Details
table, you can add a new column showing the BOM status. This status provides information on the maturity
level of the BOM indicating whether it is ready for planning only or for planning and execution. You can also drill
down into the production version details screen where this information is now also available. If the BOM in the
production version is relevant for planning, it can only be used to create planned orders. If it is relevant for both
planning and execution, it can also be used to convert the planned orders into production orders.

Version Details Table

The system behavior has changed when you update a production version if you are working with a material
with unitized parameter effectivity. In this case, there can always only be one valid production version. When
you create a new version of the MBOM and shop floor routing and update the production version, the system
overwrites the existing MBOM and shop floor routing versions with the new ones. The valid from date is not
changed in this case but remains set at the creation date of the production version. Therefore, the Version
Details table is redundant and has been removed in this case.

Material Variants
Material variants are now supported in SAP S/4HANA PEO. This means that you can use the new Configurable
Material filter in the app to search for all production versions of material variants that exist for a particular
configurable material. In addition, when creating a new production version in the details screen, the system
automatically displays the configurable material in the Production section when you enter a material variant.

Related Information

Maturity Levels for Version-Controlled MBOMs

Material Variants [page 158]

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

168 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
7.3 Extended Production Process Setup

7.3.1 Enhanced Action Handler for PRT Registration

With the action handler CHECK_PRT_REGISTRATION, you can instruct the system to check that all planned
PRTs required to perform an operation activity have been registered before setting the status to complete. This
check has been enhanced to take quantity-based PRT registration into account by checking that the registered
quantity is equal to or greater than the planned quantity. The system can't complete the operation activity until
both equipment and quantity-based PRT registration have been completed.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

7.4 Extended Production Operations

7.4.1 Production Control

7.4.1.1 Assign Work

With this feature, you can now see which operation activities belong to shop floor orders that are relevant for
extended quality checks when working in this app. You can adapt the app filters and insert the EQC Relevant
Order filter and you can add the corresponding column to the table of operation activities by selecting the
 icon and selecting the EQC Relevant Order column. See the Additional Details section for information about
changes to the Operation Activity Assignments screen.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 169
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following changes have been made to the Operation Activity Assignments screen:

• Documents are no longer available as a screen section but in a dedicated Documents button at the top
right-hand side of the screen.
• The Defects section has been removed from this screen as in future, this screen will display planned data
only.

Related Information

Extended Quality Checks in Execution [page 180]

7.4.1.2 Manage Production Orders

This app enables you to monitor the progress of production and manage your production orders. Some use
new features are available for this app.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

170 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Application Component PP-PEO-SFO (Shop Floor Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can now:

• Add the new EQC Relevant Order filter to the initial screen to show which shop floor orders are relevant for
extended quality checks (EQC). By entering the value Yes in this filter and choosing Go, the system displays
all shop floor orders that are relevant for EQC in the table. You can also add the corresponding column to
the table of orders by selecting the  icon and selecting the EQC Relevant Order column.
• The Order Information tab of the details screen contains the new Execution Control section in which you
can find the processing information (sequential or flexible) and the quality check information (standard or
extended).

Related Information

Extended Quality Checks in Execution [page 180]

7.4.1.3 Manage Production Operations

This app enables you to monitor the progress of production. Some smaller changes have been made to it which
are described in the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFO (Shop Floor Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 171
Additional Details

The following changes have been made to the Operation Activity Assignments screen:

• Documents are no longer available as a screen section but in a dedicated Documents button at the top
right-hand side of the screen.
• The Defects section has been removed from this screen as in future, this screen will display planned data
only.

7.4.2 Production Execution

7.4.2.1 Perform Operation Activity

This app enables you to perform the operation activities assigned to you by your production supervisor. It has
been enhanced with a number of new features, which are described in the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Miscellaneous Features

In the Components section, the assembly type Manual has been replaced by the new term Quantity-Based.

Header Documents

If a document was linked to the header of the shop floor routing, it is relevant for all operation activities in the
shop floor order. The Documents tab on the right-hand section of the Perform Operation Activity app displays
these header documents as well as any other documents that were created specifically for the operation
activity, the order, or the production version.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

172 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Extended Quality Checks (EQC)
If the shop floor order is relevant for extended quality checks, this is indicated in the header data of the
operation activity. The information EQC Relevant Order is displayed and is highlighted for visibility. In this case,
the production operator immediately recognizes that additional inspections will be required.

For more information, see Extended Quality Checks in Execution [page 180].

PRT Registration
You can now use the new serialization procedure for the serial number profile to determine whether you
want to perform a quantity-based or equipment registration for material and equipment PRTs. See Effects on
Customizing for details.

Adding Unplanned PRTs

The app now enables you to register unplanned PRTs of the categories Equipment and Material:

• Equipment registration - enter or use the search help to find the appropriate equipment ID, serial number,
or UII. The registration quantity in this case is always 1.
• Quantity-based registration - enter or use the search help to find the appropriate material PRT. In an
additional dialog box, enter the quantity that you want to register and choose Register.

 Note

This feature is now also available in the interactive work instructions.

The column Registration Type has been added to the PRTs section and shows whether the tool registration is
performed based on the equipment or a quantity. This is displayed for information purposes only and can't be
changed here.

 Tip

The action handler CHECK_PRT_REGISTRATION, which is triggered when setting an operation activity to
the status Completed in this app, has also been enhanced to take quantity-based PRT registration into
account by checking that the registered quantity is equal to or greater than the planned quantity.

For more information, see How to Register Unplanned PRTs.

Inspection Characteristics
• In the app, you can now also add an unplanned inspection characteristic (IC) in the Data Collection section
as long as at least one inspection characteristic already exists. If no IC exists, the Data Collection section
is not available and, in this case, you need to create an order-specific shop floor routing to add unplanned
ICs.
For more information, see Adding Unplanned Inspection Characteristics in Execution [page 182].
• You can now also trigger the creation of a change history for the inspection characteristics remarks which
is available in the production action log. The change history is recorded for the first 40 characters of the
remark. If the remark is longer than 40 characteristics, you can see the complete remark in the Notes
column. Here, no change history is available - the system only displays the latest version of the text.

 Note

The change history for the first 40 characters of the remark is only available if you have made the
necessary settings in Customizing and the RR Change Documents checkbox was selected in the
Control Indicator page of the inspection characteristic.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 173
 For more information, see Remarks for Inspection Characteristics with Change History [page 183].

Interactive Work Instructions

• You can now also register unplanned PRTs (quantity-based and equipment) when collecting data in the
interactive work instructions.
For more information, see How to Register Unplanned PRTs
• You can now also add unplanned inspection characteristics in the interactive work instructions as long
as at least one inspection characteristic already exists. If no inspection characteristics exist, you need to
create an order-specific shop floor routing to add the unplanned inspection characteristic.
For more information see, How to Add Unplanned Inspection Characteristics (ICs).
• The PRTs table now contains the new column Registration Data. This column contains the input fields for
the PRTs where you enter the serial number, equipment number, and UII in the case of the equipment
registration type and the quantity in the case of the quantity-based registration type. This one new column
replaces several previous columns in the table and improves readability.

Effects on Customizing

Logistics - General Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) Plant Maintenance and Customer Service
Master Data in Plant Maintenance and Customer Service Technical Objects Serial Number Management
Define Serial Number Profiles

In this customizing activity, you can configure whether registration for material or equipment PRTs is
performed by quantity or equipment on the shop floor.

For more information, see Settings for Serialization - PRT Registration.

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations General Settings Define Number
Ranges

In this customizing activity, you can now define a number range for PRT registration.

7.4.2.2 My Work Queue

When working in this app, you can now see which operation activities belong to shop floor orders that are
relevant for extended quality checks. You can adapt the app filters and insert the EQC Relevant Order filter and
you can add the corresponding column to the table of operation activities by selecting the  icon and selecting
the EQC Relevant Order column. See Additional Details section for information about changes to the Operation
Activity Assignments screen.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

174 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following changes have been made to the Operation Activity Assignments screen:

• Documents are no longer available as a screen section but in a dedicated Documents button at the top
right-hand side of the screen.
• The Defects section has been removed from this screen as in future, this screen will display planned data
only.

Related Information

Extended Quality Checks in Execution [page 180]

7.4.2.3 RFC-Enabled Function Modules for PRT

Registration

You can now use two remote-enabled function modules to post the registration of equipment and quantity-
based PRTs in the system without any user action. In a machine integration scenario, the machine or
equipment on the shop floor can remotely trigger the respective function module, which then executes the
equipment or quantity-based PRT registration action in the system based on the import parameters.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 175
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Technical name of the RFC-enabled function modules:

• MPE_OA_EXEC_PRT_REGN_EQUIPMENT (Post Registration of Equipment PRT)

• MPE_OA_EXEC_PRT_REGN_MATL_QTY (Post Registration of Material PRT)

For detailed information, see the function module documentation in the system.

Related Information

Integration with Smart Tools and Machines

7.4.2.4 Serialization Procedure for Tool Registration in

Shop Floor Orders

A new serialization procedure for tool registration (PPTR) is available. It allows you to control how the system
handles the registration type of PRTs on the shop floor during tool registration. You use the serialization
procedure of the serial number profile to determine whether you want to perform a quantity-based or
equipment registration for material and equipment PRTs. You assign the serial number profile to the material
master record of the equipment and material PRTs.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-TTU (Track Tool Usage)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

176 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Additional Details

For the new serialization procedure Shop Floor Order Tool Registration (PPTR), you can set the serial number
usage to either 01 (None) or 03 (Obligatory). You can configure this setting in Customizing for Logistics -
General under Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) Plant Maintenance and Customer Service Master
Data in Plant Maintenance and Customer Service Technical Objects Serial Number Management .

In the Perform Operation Activity app the registration type is:

• Quantity-based if you set the serial number usage in PPTR to 01 (None). In this case, you register a
quantity.
• Equipment if you set the serial number usage in PPTR to 03 (Obligatory). In this case, you register the
serial number or equipment number.

 Caution

If you don't add serialization procedure PPTR to the serial number profile, the system sets the registration
type to Equipment for all material and equipment PRTs in the Perform Operation Activity app.

7.4.2.5 Process Serial Number Groups

This app enables you to collectively process any number of serial numbers as a group at an operation activity in
the segment type Produce. Several enhancements are available as described in the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Register Unplanned PRTs

In this app, you can now register unplanned PRTs collectively for all serial numbers in the group as long as the
status of the group is in process. The system records the data in the system as if you performed these actions

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 177
for each serial number individually. You can register unplanned PRTs of the registration type equipment and
quantity-based:

• For equipment-based registration, you register the serial number or UII of the equipment - registration in
this case is always for 1ea.
• For quantity-based registration, you enter the ID of the PRT and specify the quantity used.

 Note

Whether a PRT is relevant for equipment or quantity-based registration depends on the serial number
profile assigned to it in the material master. See the Effects on Customizing section for details.

Information on the registration of unplanned PRTs is available in the Production Action Log as well as in the
Product and Order Genealogy apps.

 Note

The action settings configured for PRT registration in the Manage Action Settings app also take effect when
you register unplanned PRTs for serial number groups.

Additional Consistency Check for Serial Number Groups

A new consistency check is now available to determine whether the documents attached to the shop floor
orders at header level are identical for all group members when creating a serial number group containing
operation activities from different orders. See Effects on Customizing.

 Caution

If you change a header document for a production order (in CO02) that is already part of a serial number
group, this change might not be reflected in execution. When changing the document, the system issues a
warning. If you don't always want to have to accept this warning, you can switch it off in customizing.

Effects on Customizing

Logistics - General Product Lifecycle Management (PLM) Plant Maintenance and Customer Service
Master Data in Plant Maintenance and Customer Service Technical Objects Serial Number Management
Define Serial Number Profiles

In this customizing activity, you define the serialization procedure of the serial number profile to determine
whether you want to perform a quantity-based or equipment registration for material and equipment PRTs in
execution. For details, see Serialization Procedure for Tool Registration in Shop Floor Orders [page 176].

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Production Operations Serial Number Groups BAdI: Additional Checks When Creating or Changing SN
Groups

The new default implementation class is provided (CL_MPE_SFI_GRP_CHK_DOC_LNKS) that checks whether
the documents attached to the shop floor orders are identical for all group members when creating a serial
number group containing operation activities from different orders.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

178 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
7.4.2.6 RFC-Enabled Function Modules for PRT
Registration for Serial Number Groups

You can now use remote-enabled function modules to post the registration of equipment and quantity-based
PRTs for serial number groups in the system without any user action. In a machine integration scenario, the
machine or equipment on the shop floor can remotely trigger the respective function module, which then
executes the equipment or quantity-based PRT registration action for the serial number group in the system
based on the import parameters.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Technical name of the RFC-enabled function modules:

• MPE_OA_SFI_GROUP_READ (Read Serial Number Group)

• MPE_OA_SFI_GRP_PRT_REGN_EQUIP(Post Registration of Equipment PRT for Serial Number Group)
• MPE_OA_SFI_GRP_PRT_REGN_MATL(Post Registration of Material PRT for Serial Number Group)

For detailed information, see the function module documentation in the system.

Related Information

Integration with Smart Tools and Machines

7.4.2.7 Perform Operation

With this app, you can have a complete overview of the operation activities in a specific operation of a shop
floor order. You can drill down to view detailed information about operation activity assignments. Some minor
changes have been made to this details screen: Firstly, the documents are no longer available as a screen

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 179
section but in a dedicated Documents button at the top right-hand side of the screen. And secondly, the
Defects section has been removed from this screen as in future, this screen will display planned data only.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

7.4.3 Quality Management

7.4.3.1 Extended Quality Checks in Execution

For shop floor orders, you can now define that, in certain circumstances, additional quality checks are required.
For example, you want to validate a new process or a particular customer requires additional quality checks
to comply with special regulations. These extra inspection characteristics are defined in dedicated operation
activities or in additional inspection characteristics which are included in the shop floor order if the Order is
EQC Relevant checkbox is set in the Control tab.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

180 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Additional Details

• You can set the Order is EQC Relevant indicator manually when creating the shop floor order. In the shop
floor order, choose Functions Read PP Master Data and in the resulting dialog box, select the Order is
EQC Relevant indicator in the Quality Management section. Make sure that the New Routing and New BOM
checkboxes are selected.

 Note

You can also instruct the system when to set the Order is EQC Relevant indicator automatically in the
new method SET_EXTENDED_QUALITY_CHECKS (Set Indicator for Extended Quality Checks) which is
now available in the BAdI Identifying and Converting Shop Floor Orders. This method is called to update
the indicator for extended quality checks in the inspection lot whenever a shop floor order is created or
master data is reread.

For detailed information, see the method documentation in the system.

• The EQC Relevant Order information is available in the following apps:

• Manage Production Orders - you can add an additional filter option and you can add the column to the
table from the Settings ( ) option.
• Manage Order-Specific Shop Floor Routings - displayed in the subheader if relevant.
• Manage Templates - for Shop Floor Routings - you can create reference templates in this app that
contain operation activities and inspection characteristics that are relevant for EQC. You can insert
these reference templates into order-specific shop floor routings as long as the shop floor order for
which the order-specific routing is created is also relevant for EQC.
• Manage Production Operations - in the details screen, you can add the column to the operation
activities table from the Settings ( ) option.
• Assign Work - you can add an additional filter option and you can add the column to the table from the
Settings ( ) option.
• My Work Queue - you can add an additional filter option and you can add the column to the table from
the Settings ( ) option.
• Perform Operation Activity - highlighted in the header section if relevant.
• Product Genealogy - you can add an additional filter option and you can add the column to the table
from the Settings ( ) option.
• Order Genealogy - you can add an additional filter option and you can add the column to the table from
the Settings ( ) option.

Effects on Customizing

Production Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations Business Add-Ins (BAdIs)
Production Operations Shop Floor Orders BAdI: Identifying and Converting Shop Floor Orders

Define when you want the system to select the Order is EQC Relevant indicator when creating a shop floor order
in the corresponding method.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 181
  Note

The implementation of the method is optional. You can also choose to set the EQC indicator manually in the
Create Production Orders app. Choose Functions Read PP Master Data and select the Order is EQC Relevant
checkbox in the Quality Management section.

Related Information

Extended Quality Checks in Execution

7.4.3.2 Adding Unplanned Inspection Characteristics in

Execution

With this feature, you can add unplanned inspection characteristics directly in the Perform Operation Activity
app as long as at least one inspection characteristic already exists for the operation activity. This feature
is available irrespective of whether you are working with interactive work instructions. If no inspection
characteristics already exist, you can add unplanned inspection characteristics by creating an order-specific
shop floor and adding the new inspection characteristics there. When you release and update the production
order, the system adds the new unplanned inspection characteristics to the operation activity.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

How to Add Unplanned Inspection Characteristics (ICs)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

182 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
7.4.3.3 Remarks for Inspection Characteristics with
Change History

This feature enables you to record a text of any length in the Remarks field for each inspection characteristic in
the Perform Operation Activity app. More information is provided in the Addition Details section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFE (Shop Floor Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can now record a text of any length in the Remarks field for each inspection characteristic in the Perform
Operation Activity app. The first 40 characters of the remark is recorded in the production action log and a
change history is available for these 40 characters. If the remark is longer than 40 characteristics, you need
to drill down into the action log details to see the complete remark in the Notes field. Here, the system only
displays the latest version of the text. The change history is only available for the first 40 characters.

The change history is only available if you have made the necessary setting in Customizing.

Effects on Customizing

Quality Management Basic Settings Maintain Settings at Plant Level

In this Customizing activity, go to the plant-dependent QM settings for the relevant plant. Click the Results
Recording tab and make sure that the Immediate Creation of Change Docs checkbox is selected. This setting
controls whether the system records a change history for the first 40 characters of the remarks that you
enter for the inspection characteristics in the Perform Operation Activity app. The change history information is
available in the production action log.

 Caution

This checkbox is not set by default. SAP recommends that you only change this default setting if you really
need to track the changes made to the remarks for the inspection characteristics.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 183
Related Information

Settings for Inspection Characteristics Remarks

7.4.3.4 Input Processing

With this feature, you can now assign input processing to your inspection characteristics to inform the
production operator in execution what formula to use to define a particular measurement during result
recording.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-IC (Inspection Characteristics and Result

Recording)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The input processing function processes the measured values at the time of result recording based on the
parameters selected during the creation of inspection characteristics. These measured values can be executed
as follows:

• Output value same as input.

• Output value indicates significant rounded value instead of the original entry.

 Note

A BAdI is available in customizing, that you can use to define the formula for input processing. For detailed
information, see the method documentation in the system.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

184 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
Effects on Customizing

Customizing: Execute Project SAP Reference IMG Quality Management Quality Inspection Results
Recording Define Parameters for Input Processing

Using this BAdI you can define the formula for input processing.

Related Information

Extended Production Engineering

Input Processing for Measured Values
Input Processing of Measured Values in Results Recording

7.4.4 Production Monitoring

7.4.4.1 Product Genealogy

This app helps you to analyze the production process and enables single-level traceability of a serialized
product. It has been updated with a number of new enhancements, which are described in the additional
details.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-EO-SFA (Shop Floor Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made:

• In the initial screen, you can now filter to show which shop floor orders are relevant for extended quality
checks (EQC) by adding the EQC Relevant Order filter. By entering the value Yes in this filter and choosing

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 185
 Go, the system displays all shop floor orders that are relevant for EQC in the table. You can also add the
corresponding column to the table of orders by selecting the  icon and selecting the EQC Relevant Order
column.
• The unitized parameter effectivity information for the serial number is available in the header section of the
details screen in the Effectivity field.
• The Equipment information for the serial number is available in the header section of the details screen.
• The Order Information tab of the details screen contains the new Execution Control section in which you
can find the processing information (sequential or flexible) and the quality check information (standard or
extended).
• The PRTs section now displays unplanned PRTs for both equipment and quantity-based (new) PRTs, which
are indicated by a red vertical bar at the start of the table row. Note that unplanned PRTs don't have a PRT
item number.
• In the Components, Disassembled Components, and Returned Materials sections, the assembly type
Manual has been replaced by the new term Quantity-Based.

7.4.4.2 Order Genealogy

This app enables you to analyze and track the production process at production order level. It has been
updated with a number of new enhancements, which are described in the additional details.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFA (Shop Floor Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made:

• In the initial screen, you can now see which shop floor orders are relevant for extended quality checks
(EQC). You can adapt the app filters and insert the EQC Relevant Order filter. By entering the value Yes in
this filter and choosing Go, the system displays all shop floor orders that are relevant for EQC in the table.
You can also add the corresponding column to the table of orders by selecting the  icon and selecting the
EQC Relevant Order column.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

186 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
• The unitized parameter effectivity information for the order is available in the header section of the details
screen.
• The Order Information tab of the details screen contains the new Execution Control section in which you
can find the processing information (sequential or flexible) and the quality check information (standard or
extended).
• In the Serial Numbers table in the details screen, you can select the Equipment option in the Settings ( )
list and choose to add this column to your default layout.
• The PRTs section now displays unplanned PRTs for both equipment and quantity-based (new) PRTs, which
are indicated by a red vertical bar at the start of the table row. Note that unplanned PRTs don't have a PRT
item number.
• In the Components, Disassembled Components, and Returned Materials sections, the assembly type
Manual has been replaced by the new term Quantity-Based.

7.4.4.3 Production Action Log

With this app, you can monitor every single action performed for a production order, including actions
performed by production operators at operation and operation activity level. See the Additional Details for
information on the enhancements available for this app in this release.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFA (Shop Floor Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following new features are available in the Production Action Log:

• The app now also shows action messages for unplanned PRTs of the registration type quantity-based that
have been registered or unregistered in the Perform Operation Activity app.
• The first 40 characters of the remarks that you record for inspection characteristics in the Perform
Operation Activity app is now available in the production action log and a change history is available for
these 40 characters. If the remark is longer than 40 characteristics, you can drill down into the action log
details to see the complete remark in the Notes field. Here, the system only displays the latest version of
the text. The change history is only available for the first 40 characters.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 187
Related Information

Remarks for Inspection Characteristics with Change History [page 183]

7.4.4.4 As-Built Report

This app enables you to generate an as-built report for serialized products to get a top-down view of which
materials (planned and unplanned) have been consumed in an assembly and in any subassemblies. You can
now use a range of new features as described in the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFA (Shop Floor Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can now:

• Select an order in the new Order column to display the order or network details.
• Select an order in the new Where-Assembled column to display the order in which the selected part is
consumed as a component.
• The assembly type Manual has been replaced by the new term Quantity-Based.
• If you accessed the report using the material number and the serial number of a major assembly, you can
now view all the assembled installation kits of the major assembly.
• If you accessed the report using the material number and serial number of an installation kit, you can view
all the subassemblies of the installation kit.
• Navigate to the Compare As-Built and As-Planned app where you can see all the deviations between the
product that was actually assembled and the product that was planned.
For more information, see Compare As-Built with As-Planned [page 189].

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

188 PUBLIC Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations
7.4.4.5 Compare As-Built with As-Planned

With this feature, you can compare the product as it was actually built with the MBOM that was planned.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PP-PEO-SFA (Shop Floor Analytics)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

This new app is available as a tile on the launchpad and in the backend system using transaction
MPE_AS_BUILT_COMPARE. Or, you can also navigate to it directly from the As-Built Report. The following
deviations between as-built and as-planned are taken into account:

• Material exists in as-built only

• Material exists in as-planned only
• Material is not identical in as-built and as-planned - either the quantity or the ID has changed

If you are comparing a configurable product or a product with unitized parameter effectivity, the system
automatically filters the as-planned MBOM accordingly. In addition, if the product has visualization, you can
also display the 3D visual of the as-planned MBOM which is also filtered accordingly in the case of unitized
parameter effectivity or variant configuration.

Navigation options are provided to the order-specific shop floor routing if the deviations are the result of
changes made in an order change scenario.

You can also export the results of the comparison to a spread sheet for further processing.

Related Information

Compare As-Built with As-Planned

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Manufacturing for Production Engineering and Operations PUBLIC 189
8 R&D/Engineering

8.1 Enterprise Portfolio and Project Management

8.1.1 Project System

8.1.1.1 Product Overview: Renamed App

The Fiori app Product Overview was renamed from the app Material Component Overview, since the app
now supports the analysis of lean services in addition to material components that are assigned to network
activities.

With this app, you can display the master data details of material or service components that are assigned to
network activities.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PS-FIO (Fiori UI for Project Systems)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Product Overview

8.1.1.2 Filtering by Order Types in Reports for Fiori Apps:

Project Cost Overview and Project Cost Line Items

The Fiori apps Project Cost Overview and Project Cost Line Items have been enhanced with a new filter Order
Type.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

190 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
This filter enables users to select and filter data based on the order types of the corresponding orders that are
to be displayed in the apps.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PS-FIO (Fiori UI for Project Systems)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Project Cost Overview

Project Cost Line Items

8.1.1.3 Lean Service Enablement

Lean service purchasing refers to a simplified process in operational procurement to manage the purchase of
planned and unplanned external services.

You can plan lean services for components that are assigned to network activities, similar to the planning of
external non-stock materials.

You can use lean service to plan and purchase external services as an alternative to using service activities in
the Project System.

The usage of lean service or external service procurement via network activities is controlled via the
procurement mode of projects and networks as defined in the customizing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 191
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PS-MAT (Material)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Th following features have been enabled for planning and monitoring lean services for project networks:

• Planning of planned and unplanned services with respect to the service components assigned to network
activities, similar to the planning of material components in the Project Builder and other maintenance
transactions for operative networks and simulation versions
• Assigning of lean service to network activities via the Open Catalog Interface (OCI)
• New Select from Contract feature in the tabular view of components, to create material and service
components from contract items
• New BADI to validate the Overall Limit and Expected Value fields for unplanned services
• Reading, creating, updating, and deleting lean service components via material component BAPIs and
OData APIs
• Assigning of lean service components to standard network activities
• Information on assigned services in the Project Schedule and Project Network Graph Fiori apps
• Analysis of lean service component information in Project Structure reports, Material Component
Overviews, the Product Overview Fiori app (renamed from Material Component Overview), as well as in
Progress Tracking and Project-Oriented Procurement (ProMan)
• Archiving of service component information along with the archiving of projects

Related Information

Planning and Adding Lean Services

Service Purchasing and Recording
Product Overview

8.1.1.4 Joint Venture Accounting Fields in WBS Element

Overview App

Joint venture accounting fields have been added to the user interface and CDS views of the Fiori app WBS
Element Overview.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

192 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PS-FIO (Fiori UI for Project Systems)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

In the Fiori app WBS Element Overview, filter the data by project/WBS element and navigate to the details of
the WBS element to view the following newly added fields under the section Joint Venture:

• Joint Venture
• Recovery Indicator
• Equity type
• Joint Venture Object Type
• JIB/JIBE Class
• JIB/JIBE Subclass A

Related Information

WBS Element Overview

8.1.1.5 Create, Update, and Delete Operations for Project

Network Activity Material Component

This service for Project Network has been broadened and now it allows you to create, update, and delete
Project Network Activity Material Component data.

The Project Network Activity Material Component entity comprises components for materials as well as for
lean services assigned to project network activities.

The service is based on the OData V4 protocol and can be consumed by apps and other user interfaces.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 193
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item NA

Application Component PS-ST

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP API Business Accelerator Hub and SAP Help Portal

8.1.1.6 Create, Update, and Delete Operations for Project

Network Activity Milestone

This service for Project Network has been broadened and now it allows you to create, update, and delete
Project Network Activity Milestone data.

The service is based on the OData V4 protocol and can be consumed by apps and other user interfaces.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item NA

Application Component PS-ST

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP API Business Accelerator Hub and SAP Help Portal

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

194 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
8.1.2 Commercial Project Management

8.1.2.1 Project Issue and Change Management

8.1.2.1.1 Improved Forecasting on Change Request

Approval

With this feature, you can automatically adjust the In-Period or Period-End forecasting on change request
approval.

This feature was available to adjust only the period-end forecast with a monthly breakdown. However, it is
now enabled for In-period forecast adjustment, for both monthly and fiscal breakdown and period-end forecast
adjustment for fiscal breakdown.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-CPD-PCM (Project Issue and Change Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

8.1.2.2 Project Workspace

8.1.2.2.1 Status Management

With this feature, Project Manager can choose the report template depending on the target recipient of the
Status and Trend report.

Previously, only one report template could be used to generate the Status and Trend Report. However, you
can now define multiple form templates to generate the report. You can also choose from these templates to
generate and share the report with the stakeholders of the project.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 195
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-CPD-WS (Commercial Project Management - Project

Workspace)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

8.1.3 SAP Portfolio and Project Management

8.1.3.1 Portfolio Management

8.1.3.1.1 Enhancements to Import of Financial Planning

Values

Hierarchy Processing and Handling of Assigned Orders

With this feature, hierarchy processing and handling of assigned orders are supported for the import of
financial periodic planning values from Project System to Portfolio Item.

Depending on the customizing settings, the transfer of planned data is impacted if hierarchy processing is
activated and if orders (network, internal order, maintenance order) are appended.

Import of Financial Periodic Planning Values to Portfolio Items

With this feature, the import of financial periodic planning values for networks, network activities, internal
orders and maintenance/service orders directly assigned via the object link to the Portfolio Item is enabled.

Background Processing for Financial Integration and Planning Reports

With this feature, you can schedule background processing for the following reports:

• /RPM/FICO_INT_PLANNING with the wrapper report /RPM/SCHEDULE_FICO_INT_PLAN

• /RPM/FICO_INT_PLANNING_V2 with wrapper report /RPM/SCHEDULE_FICO_INT_PLAN_V2

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

196 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PPM-PFM (Portfolio Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Handling of Assigned Orders

Hierarchy Processing

8.1.3.2 Project Management

8.1.3.2.1 Support of Superuser Authorization Object in

Simplified Authorization Management

With this feature you can leverage the ACO_SUPER authorization object to grant authorizations when using
Simplified Authorization Management.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item NA

Application Component PPM-PRO

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 197
Additional Details

The detailed informations is available at the SAP Help Portal in section SAP Portfolio and Project Management:

• Simplifications in Authorization Management

• Superuser

8.1.3.2.2 Development Project – Read

With this API-developed service, a user can read the master data for Development Project. It is based on
the OData V4 protocol. It can be consumed by apps and other user interfaces to read Development Project
Data, Development Project Responsible, Development Project Status, Development Project Element Data,
Development Project Element Responsible, Development Project Element Status, Development Project Role,
Development Project Role Staffing, Development Project Task Relationship, Project Role Task Assignment,
Successor Task, and Task Relation master data.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item NA

Application Component PPM-PRO

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP API Business Accelerator Hub and SAP Help Portal

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

198 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
8.2 Product Compliance

8.2.1 Dangerous Goods Management

8.2.1.1 Printing of Dangerous Goods Information on

Delivery Documents via Output Determination

Dangerous goods data can be printed on delivery documents using Output Determination (SD-BF-OC).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3G8 (Dangerous Goods in the Value Chain)

Application Component EHS-SUS-DG (Dangerous Goods)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

When you transport a product that is classified as dangerous goods, specific information has to be printed on
certain documents. What data has to be printed, as well as the formatting of the printed data, is specified in
the relevant dangerous goods regulations. For printing the dangerous goods description, Dangerous Goods
Management uses predefined description templates and rules to determine the right dangerous goods
description for a given document.

Dangerous goods data can be printed on the following delivery documents:

• Delivery Note (LD00)

• Picking List (EK00)

Effects on Customizing

In the Specify Output of Dangerous Goods Description activity, the configuration expert can specify which
dangerous goods descriptions are printed on which document and in which sequence. In addition, the expert
can specify whether the dangerous goods regulations are printed together with their modes of transport and

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

R&D/Engineering PUBLIC 199
the transport permission on one document. You can change the settings in Customizing under Product
Compliance Dangerous Goods Management Specify Output of Dangerous Goods Description .

Related Information

• For more information about the printing of dangerous goods data from the Delivery point of view, see
Printing Dangerous Goods Information on Delivery Output [page 261].
• You can find more information about printing delivery documents in the product assistance for Delivery
Management. See Output Management for Outbound Delivery.
• You can find more information about printing dangerous goods data in the product assistance for Product
Compliance. See Output of Dangerous Goods Data on Delivery Documents.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

200 PUBLIC R&D/Engineering
9 Sales

9.1 Order and Contract Management

9.1.1 Price Management

9.1.1.1 Manage Tax Rates – Sales

With this app, you can create tax rates in the form of condition records as the pricing master data in sales.
When a tax is calculated in a business document, the system looks for the corresponding condition records in
the master data to determine the final tax rate. You can use the mass operation to efficiently manage multiple
tax rates at one time.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component SD-MD-CM (Conditions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

To create a tax rate for pricing in sales, you must enter a tax code or a withholding tax code when you create
the condition record. Based on the entered tax code, the app searches for the existing tax rates that have been
maintained for the tax code in financial accounting and then proposes one for you. You can directly use the
proposed one or select a different one if more than one tax rate exists for the tax code. If no tax rate has been
found for the tax code, the app prevents you from creating the condition record for the tax code.

You can also import a template-based spreadsheet to create condition records for tax rates.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Sales PUBLIC 201
Effects on System Administration

SAP doesn't provide a standard business catalog for accessing this app. You must create your own business
catalog and add the combination of the tile and target mapping (TaxRateInSales-manage) to your business
catalog. For more information, see Maintain Business Catalogs.

Related Information

Manage Tax Rates – Sales

9.1.2 Sales Contract Management

9.1.2.1 Manage Trading Contracts

With this app you can now create trading contracts more easily. In the new creation popup you are prompted
to enter the necessary data and receive feedback if the data is valid or not. Data entry is made easier by
automatic application of filters to value helps based on the data provided by you. After the data is validated,
you are navigated to the Create Trading Contract application to finish creating your trading contract.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-GT-TC (Trading Contract)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Manage Trading Contracts

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

202 PUBLIC Sales
9.1.3 Special Business Processes in Order and Contract
Management

9.1.3.1 Pro Forma Invoices in Advanced Intercompany Sales

and Advanced Intercompany Stock Transfer

This feature enables you to create an intercompany pro forma invoice (billing type IV3) with reference
to an outbound delivery in the Advanced Intercompany Sales process (scope item 5D2) and the Advanced
Intercompany Stock Transfer process.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5D2 (Advanced Intercompany Sales)

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can create as many intercompany pro forma invoices per outbound delivery as required. Pro forma invoices
are generally created for exported goods to provide customs authorities with evidence of the cost of the goods.
Unlike a regular customer invoice, a pro forma invoice does not represent a request for payment.

Effects on Customizing

You can implement this new feature by performing the following Customizing activities:

• Define the new billing type intercompany pro forma invoice (IV3)
In Customizing, you can find this activity under Sales and Distribution Billing Billing Documents
Define Billing Types for Sales .
• Define copying control from the outbound delivery for billing documents
In Customizing, you can find this activity under Sales and Distribution Billing Billing Documents
Copying Control for Billing Documents Maintain Copying Control for Billing Documents .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Sales PUBLIC 203
Related Information

Pro Forma Invoices

Billing in Advanced Intercompany Sales
Billing in Advanced Intercompany Stock Transfers

9.1.3.2 Deactivation of Sell from Stock with Valuated Stock

in Transit

This feature enables you to deactivate the Sell from Stock with Valuated Stock in Transit (SFS w. VSiT) process
(scope item 5MQ), for example, if you want to switch to the classic Sell from Stock process (scope item BD9).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 5MQ (Sell from Stock with Valuated Stock in Transit)

Application Component SD-SLS (Sales)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

Additional Details

You can deactivate the Sell from Stock with Valuated Stock in Transit (SFS w. VSiT) process with the business
add-in (BAdI) BADI_SDSLS_VCM_PROC_DEACTIVATE (Deactivation of Advanced Intercompany Sales, Sell from
Stock with VSiT).

If you deactivate the Sell from Stock with Valuated Stock in Transit process, you can switch to the classic Sell
from Stock process (scope item BD9).

Effects on Customizing

To deactivate the Sell from Stock with Valuated Stock in Transit process, you need to implement the BAdI
Deactivation of Advanced Intercompany Sales, Sell from Stock with Valuated Stock in Transit. In Customizing,
you find this BAdI under Sales and Distribution Sales Sales Documents Integration with Value Chain
Monitoring .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

204 PUBLIC Sales
Related Information

Sell from Stock with Valuated Stock in Transit

9.2 Solution Business Management

9.2.1 Solution Quotation Management

9.2.1.1 Solution Quotation Enhancements

In a solution quotation, you can now maintain billing block reasons at header and item levels. Updating the
billing block reason at header level updates the item level field. The value of a billing block reason at the item
level is considered when both item and header level fields are maintained. Additionally, the solution quotation
API is now enabled with multi level variant configuration.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4Q5 (Solution Quotation)

Application Component CRM-S4-SOL-SQ (S4CRM: Solution Quotation Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Accepting Solution Quotations

9.2.1.2 Multi-Level Advanced Variant Configuration for

Planned Production Order Process

You can now create a solution quotation for configurable sales products using advanced variant configuration
(AVC) for your planned production order process with multilevel bill of material (BOM) explosion.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Sales PUBLIC 205
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4Q5 (Solution Quotation)

Application Component CRM-S4-SOL-SQ (S4CRM: Solution Quotation Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Using Multi-Level Advanced Variant Configuration in Solution Quotation

9.2.1.3 OData API: Solution Quotation (A2X)

The Business Solution Quotation OData API (API_BUS_SOLUTION_QUOTATION_SRV) has been enhanced so
that you can now create a solution quotation to maintain the following:

• Billing block reason for a business partner

• ISO code indicator for unit of measurement
• UTC time stamp
• BOM item node number
• Internal object number

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4Q5 (Solution Quotation)

Application Component CRM-S4-SOL-SQ (S4CRM: Solution Quotation Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

206 PUBLIC Sales
Additional Details

The following attributes have been added to API_BUS_SOLUTION_QUOTATION_SRV:

Property Description Necessity

Solution Quotation Header

BusSolnQuotationIsReleased Indicator that the solution quotation is Optional

released

BillingBlockReason Indicator of the billing block reason for Optional

the business partner

Service Item

RequestedQuantityISOUnit Indicator of the ISO code for unit of Optional

measurement

BillingBlockReason Indicator of the billing block reason for Optional

the business partner

BillOfMaterialItemNodeNumber Indicator of the BOM item node number Optional

SrvcDocItmProdConfignDateTime Indicates the UTC time stamp in short Optional

form (yyyymmddhhmmss)

ConfigurationNumber Indicates the internal object number Optional

Expense Item

RequestedQuantityISOUnit Indicator of the ISO code for unit of Optional

measurement

BillingBlockReason Indicator of the billing block reason for Optional

the business partner

Service Part Item

RequestedQuantityISOUnit Indicator of the ISO code for unit of Optional

measurement

BillingBlockReason Indicator of the billing block reason for Optional

the business partner

Sales Item

LegalContractItemExtReference External reference of the legal contract Optional

item

RequestedQuantityISOUnit Indicator of the ISO code for unit of Optional

measurement

BillingBlockReason Indicator of the billing block reason for Optional

the business partner

BillOfMaterialItemNodeNumber Indicator of the BOM item node number Optional

SrvcDocItmProdConfignDateTime Indicates the UTC time stamp in short Optional

form (yyyymmddhhmmss)

Service Contract Item

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Sales PUBLIC 207
Property Description Necessity

RequestedQuantityISOUnit Indicator of the ISO code for unit of Optional

measurement

BillingBlockReason Indicator of the billing block reason for Optional

the business partner

BillOfMaterialItemNodeNumber Indicator of the BOM item node number Optional

SrvcDocItmProdConfignDateTime Indicates the UTC time stamp in short Optional

form (yyyymmddhhmmss)

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Related Information

Solution Quotation Header

Service Item
Expense Item
Service Part Item
Sales Item
Service Contract Item

9.2.1.4 Manage Solution Quotations - Version 2

With the Manage Solution Quotations - Version 2 app, you can create or navigate to existing solution quotations.
You can view in a network graph the status of a predefined set of follow-up documents or service transactions
(for example, sales order, service order). At the graphical node (for example, sales order document), you can
see few details displayed, for example, ID, Status of each follow-up document or service transaction. A focused
view of the progress monitor is available at solution quotation header as well as solution quotation item level. A
navigation is provided for the user to navigate to respective documents or service transactions, if the user has
the required roles for each entity.

As a key user, you can extend the solution quotation progress monitor of the Manage Solution Quotations -
Version 2 app according to your business needs.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not Applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

208 PUBLIC Sales
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-SOL-SQ (S4CRM: Solution Quotation

Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The Manage Solution Quotations - Version 2 app can be accessed using one of the following business roles:

• Customer Service Manager (Customer Management) (SAP_BR_CUSTOMER_SERVICE_MGR)

• Internal Sales Representative (SOM) (SAP_BR_INTRNAL_SALESREP_SOM)

Related Information

Manage Solution Quotations - Version 2

App Extensibility: Solution Quotation Progress Monitor of the App Manage Solution Quotations - Version 2 (Key
User)

9.3 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see What's New Viewer.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Sales PUBLIC 209
10 Service

10.1 Service Master Data & Agreement Management

10.1.1 Service Contract Management

10.1.1.1 Moved Settlement Period Rules in Service Contracts

You can now assign moved settlement period rules to your date profiles for service contracts and service
contract items. These rules can help you avoid an extra billing request line generated by the system when your
contract start date is higher than the 28th of the month.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 426 (Service Contract Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-CTR (Service Contract and Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

The new date rules BILL0017 Monthly (Moved Settlement Period), BILL0018 Quarterly (Moved Settlement
Period) and BILL0019 Half-yearly (Moved Settlement Period) are maintained using the Customizing activity
Service Basic Functions Date Management Define Date Types, Duration Types and Date Rules for
Service Transactions .

Related Information

Settlement Rules in Service Contracts

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

210 PUBLIC Service
10.2 Service Operations & Processes

10.2.1 Service Order Management

10.2.1.1 SOAP APIs for Service Order

The SOAP APIs for service order have been enhanced with the following fields and node:
IntcoRcvgSalesOrganization, ContractAccount, and the relevant node and fields to support the
Service with Advanced Execution process.

You can view the details of all the added fields and node in the Additional Details section.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 211
Additional Details

The following table provides an overview of the added fields and node:

Field/Node Service Description

IntcoRcvgSalesOrganization • Service Order - Create, This field has been added to these serv-
Change (Asynchronous) ices on item level.
(ServiceOrderRequest_In)
You can use this field to provide the
• Service Order (Bulk) -
company code of the receiving sales
Create, Change
(Asynchronous) organization for intercompany process-
(ServiceOrderBulkRequest_In ing. For more information, see Inter-
) company Service Orders.
• Service Order - Confirm
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderConfirmation_O
ut)
• Service Order (Bulk) -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkConfirmati
on_Out)
• Service Order -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderNotification_O
ut)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

212 PUBLIC Service
Field/Node Service Description

ContractAccount • Service Order - Create, This field has been added to these serv-
Change (Asynchronous) ices on item level.
(ServiceOrderRequest_In)
You can use this field to assign a con-
• Service Order (Bulk) -
tract account to a service order item.
Create, Change
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkRequest_In
 Note
) You can only use this field when
• Service Order - Confirm Contract Accounts Receivable and
Processing Payable (FI-CA) is active.
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderConfirmation_O
ut)
• Service Order (Bulk) -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkConfirmati
on_Out)
• Service Order -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderNotification_O
ut)

MaintenancePlanningPlant • Service Order - Create, This field has been added to these serv-
Change (Asynchronous) ices on item level.
(ServiceOrderRequest_In)
You can use this field to provide the
• Service Order (Bulk) -
maintenance planning plant of an exe-
Create, Change
(Asynchronous) cution order item.
(ServiceOrderBulkRequest_In
)
• Service Order - Confirm
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderConfirmation_O
ut)
• Service Order (Bulk) -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkConfirmati
on_Out)
• Service Order -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderNotification_O
ut)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 213
Field/Node Service Description

WorkCenter • Service Order - Create, The node WorkCenter has been

• MaintenanceWorkCenter Change (Asynchronous) added to these services with the
(ServiceOrderRequest_In)
• MaintenanceWorkCenterPlant fields MaintenanceWorkCenter and
• Service Order (Bulk) - MaintenanceWorkCenterPlant on
Create, Change item level.
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkRequest_In You can use this node and the fields to
) provide the maintenance work center
• Service Order - Confirm and the plant of a maintenance work
Processing center of an execution order item.
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderConfirmation_O
ut)
• Service Order (Bulk) -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkConfirmati
on_Out)
• Service Order -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderNotification_O
ut)

SrvcDocItmBillingRelevance • Service Order - Create, This field has been added to these serv-
Change (Asynchronous) ices on item level.
(ServiceOrderRequest_In)
You can use this field to define the
• Service Order (Bulk) -
billing relevance of an execution order
Create, Change
(Asynchronous) item.
(ServiceOrderBulkRequest_In
)
• Service Order - Confirm
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderConfirmation_O
ut)
• Service Order (Bulk) -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkConfirmati
on_Out)
• Service Order -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderNotification_O
ut)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

214 PUBLIC Service
Field/Node Service Description

DynItemProcessorPrfl • Service Order - Create, This field has been added to these serv-
Change (Asynchronous) ices on item level.
(ServiceOrderRequest_In)
You can use this node and the fields
• Service Order (Bulk) -
to provide the dynamic item processor
Create, Change
(Asynchronous) profile (DIP profile) of an execution or-
(ServiceOrderBulkRequest_In der item.
)
• Service Order - Confirm
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderConfirmation_O
ut)
• Service Order (Bulk) -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderBulkConfirmati
on_Out)
• Service Order -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceOrderNotification_O
ut)

These APIs are available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Service Order - Create, Change (Asynchronous)

Service Order - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)
Service Order - Notification Processing (Asynchronous)
Service Order (Bulk) - Create, Change (Asynchronous)
Service Order (Bulk) - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)

10.2.1.2 SOAP APIs for Service Confirmation

The SOAP APIs for service confirmation have been enhanced with the following fields and node:
ContractAccount, Batch, and the node SrvcConfItemSerialNumber with fields relevant for serial
numbers.

You can view the details of all the added fields and node in the Additional Details section.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 215
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SCO (Service Confirmation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following table provides an overview of the added fields and nodes:

Field/Node Service Description

ContractAccount • Service Confirmation - This field has been added to these serv-
Create, Change ices on item level.
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationRequest You can use this field to assign a con-
_In) tract account to a service confirmation
• Service Confirmation item.
(Bulk) - Create, Change
(Asynchronous)  Note
(ServiceConfirmationBulkReq You can only use this field when
uest_In)
Contract Accounts Receivable and
• Service Confirmation - Payable (FI-CA) is active.
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationConfirm
ation_Out)
• Service Confirmation
(Bulk) - Confirm
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationBulkCon
firmation_Out)
• Service Confirmation -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationNotific
ation_Out)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

216 PUBLIC Service
Field/Node Service Description

Batch • Service Confirmation - This field has been added to these serv-
Create, Change ices on item level.
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationRequest You can use this field to specify the
_In) batch number of a service confirmation
• Service Confirmation item.
(Bulk) - Create, Change
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationBulkReq
uest_In)
• Service Confirmation -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationConfirm
ation_Out)
• Service Confirmation
(Bulk) - Confirm
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationBulkCon
firmation_Out)
• Service Confirmation -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationNotific
ation_Out)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 217
Field/Node Service Description

SrvcConfItemSerialNumber • Service Confirmation - This node has been added to these

Create, Change services on item level.
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationRequest You can use the fields under this node
_In) to provide serial numbers for service
• Service Confirmation confirmation items.
(Bulk) - Create, Change You can also use the action codes 01
(Asynchronous) (Create) or 03 (Delete) to create or de-
(ServiceConfirmationBulkReq
lete serial numbers.
uest_In)
• Service Confirmation -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationConfirm
ation_Out)
• Service Confirmation
(Bulk) - Confirm
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationBulkCon
firmation_Out)
• Service Confirmation -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationNotific
ation_Out)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

218 PUBLIC Service
Field/Node Service Description

SerialNumber • Service Confirmation - This field has been added to

Create, Change these services under the node
(Asynchronous) SrvcConfItemSerialNumber on item
(ServiceConfirmationRequest level.
_In)
• Service Confirmation You can use this field to provide serial
(Bulk) - Create, Change numbers for a service part item in a
(Asynchronous) service confirmation.
(ServiceConfirmationBulkReq
uest_In)
• Service Confirmation -
Confirm Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationConfirm
ation_Out)
• Service Confirmation
(Bulk) - Confirm
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationBulkCon
firmation_Out)
• Service Confirmation -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationNotific
ation_Out)

ServiceReferenceEquipment • Service Confirmation - This field has been added to

Confirm Processing these services under the node
(Asynchronous) SrvcConfItemSerialNumber on item
(ServiceConfirmationConfirm level.
ation_Out)
• Service Confirmation You can view the equipment number in
(Bulk) - Confirm this field.
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationBulkCon
firmation_Out)
• Service Confirmation -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationNotific
ation_Out)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 219
Field/Node Service Description

ManufacturerSerialNumber • Service Confirmation - This field has been added to

Confirm Processing these services under the node
(Asynchronous) SrvcConfItemSerialNumber on item
(ServiceConfirmationConfirm level.
ation_Out)
• Service Confirmation You can view the serial number of a
(Bulk) - Confirm manufacturer in this field.
Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationBulkCon
firmation_Out)
• Service Confirmation -
Notification Processing
(Asynchronous)
(ServiceConfirmationNotific
ation_Out)

These APIs are available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

Related Information

Service Confirmation - Create, Change (Asynchronous)

Service Confirmation - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)
Service Confirmation - Notification Processing (Asynchronous)
Service Confirmation (Bulk) - Create, Change (Asynchronous)
Service Confirmation (Bulk) - Confirm Processing (Asynchronous)

10.2.1.3 Price Items in Service Orders and Service Order

Quotations

You can now use a price item in service orders and service order quotations to reflect the surcharge for
additional service provided. This item type is particularly useful if you discover that the fixed price agreed upon
cannot cover all service costs and you need to charge your customers more.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

220 PUBLIC Service
Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

CRM-S4-SRV-SVQ (Service Order Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Price items can only be the subitems of service items or execution order items that have been added to service
orders or service order quotations. When you use a price item, it inherits the account assignment object in
service orders and the service contract from its higher-level item. The price item also inherits the external
reference from its higher-level item, but you can change the external reference of the price item manually.

The following prerequisites must be fulfilled when using price items:

• You have activated item-based accounting.

• The price item must be relevant for billing if it is used in a service order.
• The price item must be relevant for pricing.

Effects on Customizing

You need to select the checkbox Inherit from Higher-Level Item when using price items in the Customizing
activity under Service Transactions Basic Settings Define Item Categories .

Related Information

Price Items in Service Orders and Service Order Quotations

Creating Requotes

10.2.1.4 Enhancements to Report Generate BDRs for Service

Orders

The report Generate BDRs for Service Orders (CRMS4_SERVORD_BDR_GENERATE) has been enhanced with
additional fields. You can now create billing document requests (BDRs) for billable service order items and
billable service confirmation items. You can also use the field Max. Number of Billable Items to provide the
maximum number of billable items for which you want to create BDRs. This feature enables you to schedule
batch jobs to generate BDRs for different items.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 221
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can find the report on the SAP Easy Access menu under Service Service Processes .

Related Information

Billing

10.2.1.5 Enhancements to Service Order UI

The UI of service orders has been enhanced and you can now do the following to facilitate your service order
processing:

• Use the External Reference field on item level.

• See which service confirmation is flagged as Final Service Confirmation on service order UI.
• View the WBS element of an assigned service contract on service order item level when item-based
accounting is active.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

222 PUBLIC Service
Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

• External Reference
The field External Reference is available on service order item level. You can use this field to store external
IDs for service order items. Depending on your Customizing settings, the external reference you enter for
an item in a service order quotation can be forwarded to a service order item. The external reference from a
service order item can be forwarded to a service confirmation item as well.
• Final Confirmation
When you open a service order, you can see if a service confirmation is flagged as Final Service
Confirmation on the Confirmations tab. For more information, see Creation of Service Confirmations.
• WBS Element
The WBS element of an assigned service contract on service order item level is displayed on the UI when
item-based accounting is active.

Related Information

Service Orders

10.2.1.6 Enhancement to Credit Memo Process for Service

Transactions

You can now create credit memo requests from invoices of billable service order items and service confirmation
items out-of-the-box thanks to the Customizing settings delivered with the system.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 223
Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

CRM-S4-SRV-SCO (Service Confirmation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

The following entries have been added to the view in the Customizing activity Assign Item Categories under
Sales and Distribution Sales Sales Documents Sales Document Item to enable the process:

Sales Document Type Item Category Group Default Item Category

SCR NORM SG2N

SCR SRVE SG2N

SCR SRVM SG2N

SCR SRVP SG2N

Related Information

Creating a Credit Memo Request with Reference to a Service Invoice

10.2.1.7 Enhancements to Accounting Indicator Usage in

Billing Integration

You can use an accounting indicator in service orders with the pricing condition types DAI1 and DAI2 to
influence pricing procedure and differentiate items based on discount or surcharge rates. The value of the
accounting indicator can be transferred from billing to accounting with the enhanced Customizing settings.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

224 PUBLIC Service
Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Usage of the pricing condition types:

• DAI1: You can use this condition type if you want the price to be calculated based on the quantity of items
in a service order.
• DAI2: You can use this condition type if you want the price to be calculated based on the percentage of
discount or surcharge rates.

Effects on Customizing

• To set the condition types for accounting indicators, you use the activity Set Condition Types for Pricing
in Sales in Customizing for Sales and Distribution under Basic Functions Pricing Pricing Control
Define Condition Types .
• To enable the transfer of the value of accounting indicators from billing to accounting, you need to make
sure that the accounting indicator is taken into account in account assignment by entering B in the
Rel.Acc.Assig field in the Control Data 2 section in Customizing for Sales and Distribution under Basic
Functions Pricing Pricing Control Define Condition Types .

Related Information

Service Orders

10.2.1.8 Configurable Service Parts and External Service

Items

You can now use configurable products or product variants for service parts and external service items with
single-level variant configuration. With this feature, you can customize complex service parts, for example,
if you need a specific component to execute a service. This feature also enables you to customize procured
service, for example, if you need to hire an external technician who has a specific skill set or meets certain
working conditions to perform a service.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 225
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-BF-CFG (Product Configuration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

• You can configure products with characteristics that meet your needs and use the configurable products or
product variants for service parts or external service items.
• When you search for a product, you can now use the new search criterion Product Variant in the value help.
You can search for a configurable product based on whether it is a product variant or not.
• You can use configurable products or product variants in service order quotations, service order templates,
service orders, and service confirmations with the following item categories:

Item Category Description

SRVM Stock Service Part Item

SRPM Service Part Item (Purchase Requisition)

SROM Service Part Item (Purchase Order)

 Note

If you add a configurable product as the product to a stock service part item (SRVM), the configurable
product you added must be replaced by another product that is a product variant through variant
matching. This product variant must be based on the characteristics that you have selected for the
configurable product you added.

Related Information

Configurable Products in Service Order Management

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

226 PUBLIC Service
10.2.1.9 Business Completion of Service Orders
You can now perform the business completion for a service order by setting a service order to Business
Completed if item-based accounting is active. This feature has the following benefits:

• It helps avoid unexpected postings of costs and revenues to the related account assignment objects.
• It enhances the performance of Financial Operations as a service order that has been set to Business
Completed is excluded from period-end closing process.
• It gives you a better control over when a service order is ready to be archived as business completion is a
prerequisite for archiving a service order.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You have the option to revise the business completion of the service order and manually set it to Business
Reopened.

You can use the report Set Service Orders to Business Completed (CRMS4_SET_BUSINESS_COMPLETED) to
schedule batch jobs that are used to perform the business completion for service orders that have not been
changed for a while and that have not been manually reopened for business before.

Related Information

Finalizing the Service Order

10.2.1.10 Enhancements to Intercompany Service Order

Process
Invoices from an intercompany service order are now displayed as Invoice (Incoming Intercompany) in the
Transaction History so that they can be easily differentiated from invoices created from the customer-facing

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 227
service order. Additionally, debit memos from an intercompany service order that contains an execution order
item are now displayed as Debit Memo (Incoming Intercompany) in the Transaction History. You can also
navigate to the debit memo details directly. These enhancements allow you to have a clearer overview of all
types of invoices when processing intercompany service orders.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Intercompany Service Orders

10.2.1.11 Deactivation of Planned Cost and Revenue

You have the option now to deactivate the functionality of planned cost and revenue for service orders if you
don't use this functionality or if you don't want to create unnecessary planning data.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

228 PUBLIC Service
Additional Details

• If you disable the functionality of planned cost and revenue, the Planned Cost and Revenue tab on the UI
is hidden on both service order header and item level and you cannot select this tab in the Personalize
settings.
• You cannot use the revenue recognition method Recognize Revenue on Cost-Based Percentage of
Completion (POC) (Method 3) if you disable the functionality of planned cost and revenue.

Effects on Customizing

You can disable the functionality of planned cost and revenue on transaction type level in the Customizing
activity Define Transaction Types under Service Transactions Basic Settings .

Related Information

Service Planning: Managing Planned Cost and Revenue

10.2.1.12 Individual Grouping of Items

In the past, you could only assign all items of a service order to a single purchasing document or create a
separate document for each item. With this feature, you can now flexibly decide for which service order items
a purchasing document should be created. This improvement allows you to have more control and flexibility in
your procurement process. You can also use the new Business Add-In (BAdI) Individual Grouping of Items to
implement custom logic for grouping service order items for further processing in the procurement process.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (CRM: Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 229
Effects on Customizing

You can access the option for individual grouping of items in the Customizing activity Grouping of Items in
Customizing for Service under Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration Logistics
Integration .

Using the BAdI Individual Grouping of Items, you can control how the items of a service order are grouped in
a follow-up purchasing document, such as reservation, purchase requisition, or a purchase order. You access
the BAdI in Customizing for Service under Transactions Settings for Service Transactions Integration
Logistics Integration Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdI: Individual Grouping of Items .

10.2.1.13 Transferring Net Price to Service Confirmations

Previously, it was only possible to transfer the gross price from a purchase order or supplier invoice to a service
confirmation. Now, you have the option to transfer the net price as well without the need to deduct the VAT
as before. To determine which value the system should transfer, you can use a new Customizing activity Copy
Procurement Price to Service Confirmation and a related Business Add-In (BAdI).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SCO (CRM: Service Confirmation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

To determine whether the net or gross price value should be transferred to a service confirmation, you use the
Customizing activity Copy Procurement Price to Service Confirmation that allows you to switch the value based
on the business transaction type. You access the activity in Customizing for Service under Transactions
Settings for Service Transactions Integration Logistics Integration Copy Procurement Price to Service
Confirmation .

You can also use the related BAdI Copying Procurement Price to Service Confirmation to modify the
price determination depending on the specific business scenario, such as service part procurement or
external service procurement. You can access the BAdI in Customizing for Service under Transactions

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

230 PUBLIC Service
 Settings for Service Transactions Integration Logistics Integration Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) BAdI:
Copying Procurement Price to Service Confirmation .

10.2.1.14 Using External Reference as Customer Reference in

Sales and Billing Documents

You can now define that the value you enter as an external reference in a service transaction is passed as the
value of the Customer Reference field of the corresponding sales order or billing document request. Thus, you
can flexibly define the value that you use as a customer reference instead of being limited to using only the
transaction ID as an external reference as before.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SRVO (CRM: Service Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

If you enter an external reference at header level of a service transaction, the system passes it on to the
items of this transaction. If you enter an external reference for an individual item, it overwrites the value that
was passed to the item from the header. The system also uses this value as a split criterion when it assigns
billing-relevant items to billing documents.

Effects on Customizing

To use the external reference in a service transaction as a customer reference in a sales order or a billing
document request, you set the Copy External Reference flag in the Customizing activities Assign Service
Transaction Types to Sales Document Types and Assign Service Transaction Types to Billing Document Request
Types respectively.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 231
Related Information

Billing Document Split and Convergence

10.2.1.15 Distributed Execution in Service with Advanced

Execution

You can now create multiple billable maintenance orders corresponding to a single execution order item. This
allows you to distribute the planning and execution of one execution order item to several billable maintenance
orders.

Additionally, you can restrict the synchronization of certain fields between the service order and the billable
maintenance order, so that the fields from the service order are not automatically inherited by the maintenance
order. This restriction gives you the flexibility to maintain different values in the service order and the billable
maintenance order for the same field.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

To enable distributed execution you need to select the checkbox Allow Multiple Maintenance Orders. This
checkbox can be found in the Customizing activity for BUS2000116 using the path Service Transactions
Basic Settings Define Item Categories .

Related Information

Distributed Execution

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

232 PUBLIC Service
10.2.1.16 Refresh Planning for Execution Order Items in
Service Order Quotation

You can use the Refresh Planning function in the service order quotation to retrieve planning information by
determining the DIP-based subitems of an execution order item from the corresponding billable maintenance
order.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can use the Refresh Planning function, for example, if the DIP (Dynamic Item Processor) profile has been
changed, since such a change may result in a change in the time and costs involved. This function can also
be used if the subitems are not displayed in the service order quotation after the planning is completed in the
maintenance order.

10.2.1.17 Replanning of Items in Service Order Quotations

You can now replan a service order quotation that has been sent to the customer without having to create a
new quotation. When the service order quotation is sent to the customer, the item status is set to Released. On
receiving a request for revision, you can set the status of the item to In Process. This allows you to replan the
item according to the customer's new requirement. The revised item can be sent to planning again.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 233
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

10.2.1.18 Early Creation of Billable Maintenance Order with

Service Order

You can now create a billable maintenance order for an execution order item in a service order which is in the
status In Process. The feature allows you to start the planning of the service execution before the item can be
released. This is useful when there is lead time for the service to start.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

To create the billable maintenance order, you can use the Plan All Items function or select the checkbox Send to
Planning.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

234 PUBLIC Service
10.2.1.19 Support for Execution Order Items in Service Order
Template

Service order templates are used to create service order quotations and service orders. You can now define
execution order items in service order templates.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

10.2.1.20 Transfer of Field Values from Execution Order Item

for Resource-Related Billing

The following fields, if maintained in the service order item, are transferred to the debit memo request.

• Terms of payment
• External purchase order reference
• Business partner of execution order item
• Alternate tax classification
• SEPA mandate reference
• Contract account reference

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 235
Scope Item 6AU (Corrective Service with Advanced Execution)

6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023

10.2.1.21 Allow Automatic Release in Recurring Service with

Advanced Execution

You can now allow the automatic release of the service order and the billable maintenance order in the
maintenance plan. By unchecking the checkbox Do Not Release Immediately, you can create the service order
and the billable maintenance order in the status Released. With this feature the checkbox can be selected or
deselected and you can decide if the service order and the billable maintenance order need to be released
automatically or not.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

If you select the checkbox Do Not Release Immediately, the service order is created in the status In Process and
the maintenance order is created in the status CRTD (created).

10.2.1.22 Advanced Variant Configuration Enablement in

Recurring Service with Advanced Execution

When scheduling a maintenance plan for a service contract item with a configurable product in Service with
Advanced Execution, a service order and a billable maintenance order are generated as call objects based on

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

236 PUBLIC Service
the configuration values of the service product. The configuration values of the configurable product (in this
case, of the execution order item) are copied from the service contract item to the service order item.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

With this development, the same configuration data is carried over to the billable maintenance order to
determine and display the relevant operations from the configurable task list. This ensures that configuration
values of the product in the service contract influence both call objects.

10.2.1.23 Enhancement to Serialized Products in Recurring

Service with Advanced Execution

For serialized products (a combination of product ID and serial number) in recurring service with advanced
execution, the display of the equipment ID in the service order (call object) now depends on whether the
equipment view has been enabled in the Material Serial Number master. If the equipment view is enabled for
a serialized product, the equipment number is automatically retrieved and displayed in the service order. If the
equipment view is not enabled, the equipment field is left blank.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6F1 (Preventive Service with Advanced Execution)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 237
Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-MNO (Service with Advanced Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

10.2.1.24 Business Partner Determination from Serialized

Product

You can now determine the business partner from a serialized product. A serialized product is a combination
of product ID and serial number and can be used as the main reference object in Service transactions. This
partner determination was previously only possible using the equipment ID or functional location.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-MD-PRO (Products)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

10.2.1.25 Enhancement to Serial Number Input Help

The serial number input help has been enhanced in all service transactions to display the equipment ID if
the equipment view is enabled in the Material Serial Number master. Additionally, the label Material has been
changed to Product ID in the serial number input help.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

238 PUBLIC Service
Application Component CRM-S4-MD-PRO (Products)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

10.2.1.26 Rejecting Service Orders and Service Order

Quotations

You can now reject single items in service orders and service order quotations. To do so, you assign a rejection
reason to each item to be rejected. The status of the item then changes to Completed.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-SRV-SVO (Service Order)

CRM-S4-SRV-SVQ (Service Order Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Once you have rejected all items of a service order quotation or a service order, the status of the service order
quotation or the service order changes to Completed as well.

If you create a follow-up service order for the related service order quotation, the rejected items are not copied
to the service order.

Related Information

Rejecting Service Order Quotations

Service Orders

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 239
10.2.1.27 Integration with SAP Field Service Management

10.2.1.27.1 Support Assignment of Organizational Levels to

Items in SAP Field Service Management

It is now possible to assign organizational levels to items from SAP S/4HANA to SAP Field Service
Management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-INT-FSM (Field Service Management Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Information

Whenever an item is created or changed in SAP S/4HANA, the assignment of the item to the Sales and
Distribution organization and its mapping with the CRM (legacy) organization will be considered to determine
the service-relevant organizational levels from the legacy organisational model. The mapping between the
Sales and Distribution organization and the CRM (legacy) organization is done in the following path:

SAP Customizing Implementation Guide Service Master Data Organizational Management

Assignment of Organizational Units to SD Assign Sales Organizations in Service to SD Sales Organizations

If only a plant is assigned to an item in SAP S/4HANA, the sales organization is derived based on the
assignment in the following customizing path:

SAP Customizing Implementation Guide Enterprise Structure Assignment Sales and Distribution
Assign Sales Organization - Distribution Channel – Plant

The service-relevant organizational levels that are derived from the legacy organizational model will be
assigned to the items that are replicated from SAP S/4HANA to SAP Field Service Management. The
assignment of the items to the organizational level ensures that users can access item-related data only if
the relevant permissions are assigned in SAP Field Service Management.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

240 PUBLIC Service
Related Information

Integration with SAP Field Service Management - Replicate Organizational Model

10.2.1.27.2 Synchronization of Deleted Smartform Instances

to SAP S/4HANA Service

It is now possible to replicate the status of a deleted smartform instance from SAP Field Service Management
to SAP S/4HANA.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-INT-FSM (Field Service Management Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Information

Whenever a smartform instance is deleted in SAP Field Service Management, the status is also synchronized to
corresponding smartform instance in SAP S/4HANA.

Related Information

Integration with SAP Field Service Management

10.2.2 In-House Repair Management

10.2.2.1 Stock Transfer of Service Parts

You can now initiate a stock transfer of service parts from a repair order, for example, from a central storage
location to a specific location of a executing service employee at a repair center. Additionally, the stock transfer

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 241
order is now supported when item-based accounting is enabled, both in service order management and the
in-house repair process.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3XK (In-House Repair)

41Z (Service Order Management)

Application Component CRM-S4-IHR (In-House Repair)

CRM-S4-SRV-SCO (CRM: Service Confirmation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Stock Transfer of Service Parts

10.3 WebClient UI Framework

10.3.1 Improvements in Horizon Visual Theme for SAP Fiori

With this feature, the horizon visual themes have been improved in WebClient UI for better usability and
accessibility.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

242 PUBLIC Service
Application Component CA-WUI-UI WebClient UI

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 001

10.3.2 Object page 6 column layouts

With this feature, WebClient UI object pages have been improved to display 6 column layouts for form views in
wider screens.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-WUI-UI WebClient UI

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 001

10.3.3 In-App Help for Web Client UIs

With the enablement of SAP Companion on Web Client UIs, we are now able to provide in-app help for Service
apps.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-WUI-UI (WebClientUI)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Service PUBLIC 243
Additional Details

You can display the embedded in-app help by choosing the ? (question mark) icon in the shell bar at the top of
the screen. The side panel now contains context-sensitive help for some UI elements, in addition to the What's
This App? tile that was previously provided.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

244 PUBLIC Service
11 Sourcing and Procurement

11.1 Sourcing and Contract Management

11.1.1 Product Sourcing

11.1.1.1 Manage Sourcing Projects

In this app, you can now add additional suppliers to a sourcing project even after the sourcing project has been
published. This way, you can simply add additional suppliers without going through the process of revising the
entire sourcing project and requesting new quotations from the suppliers you had already added previously.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 4RD* (Direct Material Sourcing)

Application Component MM-PUR-SRC-SP (Sourcing Project)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

 Note

*Please note that you might require an additional license to use the features that are part of the SAP
S/4HANA capability for product sourcing.

Additional Details

To add a supplier to a published sourcing project, open a sourcing project with the status Published and choose
Display Supplier List in the Supplier List section. Choose Revise to create a new version of the supplier list for
sourcing. You can now add additional suppliers. Once you are done, choose Create. Then, choose Submit to
submit your supplier list for approval.

In the Supplier List section of the sourcing project, the column Supplier Status enables you to identify which
suppliers were added after the initial publication of the sourcing project and to keep track of which suppliers
have already been approved.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 245
Effects on Customizing

This functionality can be enabled in the configuration step Enable Invitation of New Suppliers in Published
Sourcing Projects. By default, this business function is turned off.

Related Information

Manage Sourcing Projects

11.2 Operational Procurement

11.2.1 Requirements Processing

11.2.1.1 Enablement for Information Retrieval in Archived

Purchase Requisitions (MM_EBAN)

The ILM object MM_EBAN assigned to the archiving object for purchase requisitions is now enabled for use with
the Information Retrieval Framework (IRF). The IRF allows you to search for and retrieve personal data of a
specified data subject, based on a data model you define in your system.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 18J (Requisitioning), O8J (Requisitioning), 1XI (Central

Requisitioning), BMD (Purchase Contract)

Application Component MM-PUR-REQ (Purchase Requisitions)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Archiving Purchase Requisitions Using MM_EBAN

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

246 PUBLIC Sourcing and Procurement
11.3 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see What's New Viewer.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Sourcing and Procurement PUBLIC 247
12 Supply Chain

12.1 Logistics Cross Topics

12.1.1 Process Flow Transparency in Logistics

12.1.1.1 Extensibility for Process Flow Transparency

You can now extend process flow transparency with custom activity events.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-GEN-PFT (Process Flow Transparency)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

To extend process flow transparency with custom activity events, see the Customizing activities under
Logistics - General Process Flow Transparency Extensibility .

To get further information and recommendations for the implementation, see the Extensibility chapter of the
Configuration and Operations Guide attached to SAP Note 3365720 .

Related Information

Extend Process Flow Transparency with Custom Activity Events

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

248 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.2 Inventory

12.2.1 Job Scheduling - Manual Reservations

With this new app, you can schedule the mass deletion of completed manual reservations from the system.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BMC (Core Inventory Management)

Application Component MM-FIO-IM-RSV (Inventory)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

Related Information

Job Scheduling - Manual Reservations

12.2.2 IAM Objects in Inventory

Changes to Identity and Access Management (IAM) objects have been delivered for Inventory.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item See the table below

Application Component MM-FIO-IM (Inventory)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 249
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on System Administration

IAM Objects

Name of IAM Object Object Type Changes Details Relevant Scope Items

Materials Management Business Catalog New The Job Scheduling BMC (Core Inventory
– Job Schedule
- Manual Reservations Management)
Reservation
(F7554) app is now as-
(SAP_MM_BC_IM_RE OMC (Core Inventory
SVN_JOB) signed to this business
Management)
catalog.

Prerequisite: You must

have the
SAP_BR_INVENTORY_
MANAGER business
role to access this
business catalog.

Related Information

Job Scheduling - Manual Reservations

12.3 Warehouse Management

12.3.1 Enhancements to the Warehouse Management Monitor

With this feature, you can display additional information for outbound delivery orders at header and item level,
and for inbound deliveries at item level.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

250 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-MON (Monitoring)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Display Additional Information for Delivery Orders

You can display additional information for outbound delivery orders at header and item level, and for inbound
deliveries at item level.

For more the full list of available fields, see SAP Note 3355585 .

12.3.2 Enhancement to RF Screen Personalization with SAP

Screen Personas

With this feature, you can use SAP Screen Personas to enlarge the buttons on radio frequency (RF)
presentation devices. Also, the system can uniquely identify each button and menu entry based on their
function code. Therefore, if you adapt a button or menu entry using SAP Screen Personas, the system adapts
all the buttons or menu entries with the same function code.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 251
Scope Item 1FS (Basic Warehouse Inbound Processing from Supplier)

1G2 (Basic Warehouse Outbound Processing to Customer)

1VB (Production Integration - Component Consumption and

Receipt in Warehouse)

1V7 (Warehouse Outbound Processing to Customer with

Batch Management)

1FY (Replenishment in Warehouse)

1V5 (Warehouse Inbound Processing from Supplier with

Batch Management)

1G0 (Scrapping in Warehouse)

Application Component SCM-EWM-RF (Radio Frequency Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

To be able to use SAP Screen Personas to enlarge the buttons, specify a screen layout for the presentation
devices that need bigger buttons on the SAP Easy Access screen for Extended Warehouse Management under
Master Data Maintain Presentation Devices . Note that screen layouts can be used only with devices using
SAP GUI for HTML.

Related Information

SAP Screen Personas

12.3.3 Function Key Information on Radio Frequency Devices

With this feature, you can display function key information on the buttons on your radio frequency (RF)
presentation devices, for example, F1 Detail instead of Detail. To display function key information, select the
Show F Key (Show Function Key on Button) checkbox on the SAP Easy Access screen for Extended Warehouse
Management under Master Data Maintain Presentation Devices .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

252 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1FS (Basic Warehouse Inbound Processing from Supplier)

1G2 (Basic Warehouse Outbound Processing to Customer)

1VB (Production Integration - Component Consumption and

Receipt in Warehouse)

1V7 (Warehouse Outbound Processing to Customer with

Batch Management)

1FY (Replenishment in Warehouse)

1V5 (Warehouse Inbound Processing from Supplier with

Batch Management)

1G0 (Scrapping in Warehouse)

Application Component SCM-EWM-RF (Radio Frequency Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

RF Function Keys

12.3.4 Printer Assignment to RF Resources

With this feature, you can assign a printer to a radio frequency (RF) resource for printing handling unit (HU)
labels. For example, if you have a mobile HU printer or an HU printer mounted on a resource.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 253
Application Component SCM-EWM-RF (Radio Frequency Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

If a printer is mounted on a warehouse device, the system determines a printer according to the mapping
of resource, printer pool, and printer that you defined in transaction Assign Printer to Resource (transaction /
SCWM/RSRC_PRN). You can access this transaction on the SAP Easy Access screen by choosing Logistics
SCM Extended Warehouse Management Extended Warehouse Management Master Data Resource
Management .

If you’re using a mobile printer, you can assign a printer directly in the RF printing transaction by choosing 05
Internal Processes 05 Resource Management 03 Printer .

Effects on Customizing

You can influence the printer determination for your RF resource according to the printer pool assignment in
the condition technique using BAdI: Redetermination of RF Printer from PPF Printer Pool in Customizing for
Extended Warehouse Management under Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for Extended Warehouse Management
Mobile Data Entry .

Related Information

RF Printing

12.3.5 Assign Multiple Bins to PSA

With this feature, you can manage a production supply area (PSA) more granularly by dividing it into multiple
storage bins. This lets you store stock separately and supply it to different resources or different production
process steps in a work center. You can easily keep track of your stock and ensure that the right products are
available for each production process.

To do this, first assign a storage bin to the product, party entitled to dispose, and PSA, and select MES-Relevant
and Allow Multiple Bin Assignment in one of the following apps:

• Assign Bin to PSA - Warehouse (/SCWM/PSASTAGE)

• Assign Bin to PSA (/SCWM/PSASTAGE2)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

254 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Then, define multiple storage bins for the product, party entitled to dispose, and PSA in the Assign Multiple
Bins to PSA app (/SCWM/MBINPSA).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-IF-MES (Integration with MES)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

A new app Assign Multiple Bins to PSA (/SCWM/MBINPSA) has been added for the assignment of multiple
storage bins to a PSA. You can find this app on the launchpad under Extended Warehouse Management
Master Data Production Supply Area (PSA) .

Effects on Existing Data

The Allow Multiple Bin Assignment checkbox has been added to the following apps:

• Assign Bin to PSA - Warehouse (/SCWM/PSASTAGE)

• Assign Bin to PSA (/SCWM/PSASTAGE2)

If you select this checkbox, you allow multiple storage bins to be assigned to a PSA.

Related Information

Assignment of Storage Bins to a Production Supply Area (PSA)

12.3.6 Staging Table Migration Approach for EWM in SAP S/

4HANA

With this feature, you can migrate warehouse data to Extended Warehouse Management (EWM) in SAP S/
4HANA using the staging table approach. The target system can be either EWM embedded in SAP S/4HANA

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 255
or decentralized EWM based on SAP S/4HANA. New migration objects are available for the staging table
migration approach.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-MD (Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following migration objects are available:

• Warehouse fixed bin assignment

• Warehouse stock
• Warehouse storage bin
• Warehouse storage bin sorting

Related Information

Migrate Data Using Staging Tables

Warehouse storage bin
Warehouse fixed bin assignment
Warehouse storage bin sorting
Warehouse stock

12.3.7 Update Delivery in Delivery Management After Partial

Goods Receipt

With this feature, you can send a final quantity update for an inbound delivery to Delivery Management
(LE-SHP) after partial goods receipt but before putaway is confirmed in Extended Warehouse Management
(EWM).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

256 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-DLP (Delivery Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

Additional Details

You have posted one or more partial goods receipts for the inbound delivery, but you still have a partial open
quantity. You aren't expecting any additional quantities to be received for the delivery. For this reason, you
trigger the final quantity update by adjusting the final partial open quantity for the inbound delivery to zero.

This feature isn't supported in the customer returns process or the stock transport order process.

Effects on Customizing

You must define the document type and item type that are to be used in the outbound delivery order as follows:

• Define a process profile that has the setting Update to LE: Final Quantity After Partial Goods Receipt. This
process profile is to be assigned to the document type.
You can find this setting for the process profile in Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under
Cross-Process Settings Delivery - Warehouse Request Process Management and Control Define
Process Profile for Document Header .
• Assign the process profile and the relevant status profile to the document type in Customizing for
Extended Warehouse Management under Goods Receipt Process Inbound Delivery Define Document
Types for Inbound Delivery Process .

Related Information

Process Management and Control

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 257
12.3.8 Batch-Specific Units of Measure in Embedded EWM

This feature enables you to work with batch-specific units of measure in Extended Warehouse Management
(EWM) embedded in SAP S/4HANA during inbound, outbound, and internal warehouse processes, for
example, physical inventory, warehouse-internal movements, or change posting.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-WOP-BF-BM (Batch Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

In the Maintain Inbound Deliveries app, you can create a batch using the new action Create Detailed Batch. This
action allows you to add the actual conversion factor from the batch that was received for a product with a
batch-specific unit of measure.

Effects on Customizing

You activate batch-specific units of measure in Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under
Cross-Process Settings Batch Management Activate Batch-Specific Units of Measure .

You can minimize the number of pick warehouse tasks needed for a material with a batch-specific unit of
measure by using example implementation /SCWM/CL_EI_CORE_RMS_DET_BSUOM of BAdI: Filtering and/or
Sorting of Quants in Customizing for Extended Warehouse Management under Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) for
Extended Warehouse Management Goods Issue Process Strategies Stock Removal Strategies .

Related Information

Batch-Specific Units of Measure in Embedded EWM

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

258 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.3.9 Enhancement to Integration with SAP Warehouse
Robotics

With this feature, you can integrate with SAP Warehouse Robotics for enhanced warehouse order processing.
That is, you can configure warehouse orders in a way that warehouse tasks are created with generic destination
storage bin. Then, SAP Warehouse Robotics retrieves these orders and sends them to a fleet management
system for processing. The fleet management system determines the destination storage bins for these orders
based on the storage type, or the storage type and storage section.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-EWM-IF (Interfaces)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

SAP S/4HANA 2022 SPS04

SAP S/4HANA 2021 SPS06

SAP S/4HANA 2020 SPS08

SAP S/4HANA 1909 SPS10

Additional Details

In EWM, you configure that warehouse tasks are not created with a specific destination bin. For more
information about detailed configuration steps, see the Requirements for Warehouse Tasks section in Additional
Requirements in SAP EWM. And implement the SAP Note 3381809 .

In addition, download the latest T331 file (Storage Type Control) from EWM using the report in SAP Note
3200063 .

Related Information

Determination of Destination Storage Bins by Fleet Management Systems

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 259
12.4 Delivery and Transportation

12.4.1 Delivery Management

12.4.1.1 Freight Order Assignment in Outbound Deliveries

With this feature, you can now use freight orders as selection criterion for outbound deliveries. When creating
an outbound delivery based on transportation planning, the delivery document references the related freight
orders. In the result list, the first freight order assigned to the outbound delivery is displayed.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component LE-SHP-DL (Delivery Processing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can use freight orders as selection criterion in the Outbound Delivery Monitor (VL06O) app.

Related Information

Working with the Delivery Monitor

12.4.1.2 Multiple Address Handling for SAP Business Partner

in Delivery Management

With this release, the consumption of specific parts of the SAP Business Partner data model is enabled for
SOAP APIs and IDocs in Delivery Management. These parts provide multiple addresses with time-dependent
validities and address-dependent data per business partner master record.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

260 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

Application Component LE-SHP-GF (Shipping)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The handling of multiple addresses per business partner is enabled for the following SOAP APIs in Delivery
Management:

• Outbound Delivery – Notify (B2B) (DELIVERYREQUEST_OUT)

• Inform of Outbound Delivery (DeliveryInformation_Out)
• Notify of Outbound Delivery_V1 (DespatchedDeliveryNotification_Out_V1)

For the following IDoc types, multiple address handling is enabled:

• DESADV01
• DLVRY07

Related Information

Multiple Address Handling for Business Partners in Sales and Distribution

Outbound Delivery – Notify (B2B)
Inform of Outbound Delivery
Notify of Outbound Delivery_V1

12.4.1.3 Printing Dangerous Goods Information on Delivery

Output

Product compliance information for dangerous goods is now visible in the delivery note and picking list.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 261
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item BD9 (Sell from Stock)

3G8 (Dangerous Goods in the Value Chain)

Application Component LE-SHP-GF-OM (Output Determination for Deliveries)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

Additional Details

The following templates provided by SAP for these documents contain this information by default:

• RVDELNOTE (Delivery Note)

• SD_PICK_LIST (Picking List)

You can copy and extend these templates to suit your needs or use them as an example of how to add the
dangerous goods information to your own templates.

Related Information

Printing of Dangerous Goods Information on Delivery Documents via Output Determination [page 199]
Output of Dangerous Goods Data on Delivery Documents
Delivery Note
Picking List
Printing and Communication in Delivery Management

12.4.2 Transportation Management

12.4.2.1 Access to Additional GIS Provider Features

With this feature, you can use a new parameter ("Various") in the process controller strategies for single and
matrix routing based on SAP HANA spatial services to generically access geographical information system
(GIS) provider features that are not offered by the SAP HANA spatial services API. You can use this concept, for
example, to reduce your toll costs significantly by avoiding toll roads in the determined routes.

For more information, see SAP Note 2751622 (Setup Guide for SAP HANA Spatial Services in SCE
Applications).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

262 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Since August 2023, SAP HANA spatial services offers Trimble as a provider. For more information, see the SAP
HANA spatial services product page https://help.sap.com/docs/sap-hana-spatial-services under What's
New What's New in the SAP HANA Spatial Services (What's New from August 14, 2023).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-MD-TN-HSS (Integration with HANA spatial services)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Standard Integration with SAP HANA spatial services

12.4.2.2 Enhancements for Freight Order Management

With this feature, several functions in Freight Order Management have been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRM-FRO (Freight Order)

TM-FRM-CON (Consignment Order)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 263
Additional Details

The following enhancements have been made:

• Enable freight unit determination for customer returns orders in consignment orders
When a consignment order is sent to announce a customer return, the receiving system of the supplier can
now find the freight units that are related to the customer returns order number.
The web service TransportationOrderGenericRequest_In has been enhanced for business scope Advanced
Shipping Notification (ASN). The web service now supports an additional document type for inbound
messages (ASN), for example, from suppliers.
If the inbound message contains a customer returns order number and the type code for return orders
(type code 32), the system can now find the freight units in the receiving system and assign them to the
related consignment order.
The system also finds the related freight units if you enter a customer returns order number on the UI
manually.
• Trigger Customer Invoices Based on Events
You can define upon which event the customer invoice is triggered. You can choose the event in
Customizing for Transportation Management under Freight Order Management Freight Order Define
Freight Order Types . Choose a freight order type and, in the execution settings, select an event from the
drop-down list for Expected Event for Customer Invoice. As soon as this event is posted for your freight
order, the creation of the customer invoice is triggered.
For more information, see Follow-Up Processes.
• Insert Requirement Documents by ID Without Matching Locations
The function to insert requirement documents based on IDs was enhanced by a Settings section. In this
section, you can choose to insert an unplanned stage if there are no locations that match the capacity
document.
• The node Attachment Folder was added under Transportation Management Basic Functions . It
contains the organizational activity Define Settings for the Attachment Folder.
• The Customizing activity Define Transportation Activities and Event Codes was added under Freight
Order Management Execution Settings . For more information, see Event Profiles.
• In the execution settings for the Customizing activity Define Freight Order Type, a field value was renamed
from Freight Order for Customer Self-Delivery or Pick-Up to Relevant for Customer Self-Delivery or Pick-Up.
• In the basic settings for the Customizing activity Define Consignment Order Type, the field Self-Dlv./Cust.
PU with the value Relevant for Customer Self-Delivery or Pick-Up was added.
For more information, see the What's New document for Consignment Orders for Customer Pick-Up [page
279]

Related Information

Customer Returns: Inbound Process

Creation or Update of Consignment or Freight Orders on Inbound Messages
Advanced Shipping and Receiving
Follow-Up Processes
Consignment Orders for Customer Pick-Up

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

264 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.4.2.3 Loading Status on Item Level at the Port or Airport

With this feature, you can set the loading status for individual items of a freight booking at a port or an airport.
You can specify which items were loaded and reassign the items that were not loaded to another freight
booking. If items were loaded but the system shows a different status, you can change the loading status.

Document errors are created for items that were left behind. You can search your freight booking worklist for
freight bookings containing document errors for items that weren't loaded at a port or an airport.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRM (Freight Order Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can activate this feature in Customizing for Transportation Management under Freight Order
Management Execution Settings Define Event Profiles . Select the checkbox Itm Load. Stat. Port (Activate
Loading Status on Item Level at Port/Airport) for the event profile used for the freight booking type.

 Note

If you activate this setting, loading and unloading events of the top cargo level are only propagated to the
freight booking at the port of loading/port of discharge, not at the pick shipping point.

Effects on Customizing

The Customizing activity Define Event Profiles was enhanced by the field Itm Load. Stat. Port (Loading Status
on Item Level at a Port or an Airport).

Related Information

Cargo Left Behind at Port/Airport

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 265
12.4.2.4 Enhancements for Handling Errors in Business
Documents (Checks)

With this feature, the functions for handling errors in business documents have been enhanced with additional
checks.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRM-FRO (Freight Order)

TM-FRM-CON (Consignment Order)

TM-FRM-ASR (Advanced Shipping and Receiving

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Additional checks have been enabled to handle errors in business documents, such as for the following types of
errors:

• Quantity is 0
When an inbound message (ASN or EDI communication) arrives to create or update a consignment order
or freight order, the system checks the quantity that has been sent with the message. If the quantity is 0,
the system creates an error on the Documents Errors tab.
• Missing or Invalid Unit of Measure
When an inbound message (ASN or EDI communication) arrives to update a consignment order or freight
order, the system checks the unit of measure that has been sent with the message. It checks whether if
the unit of measure for the material that has been sent matches one of the units of measure maintained in
the material master data. If there isn’t a match and the material master data doesn’t include a conversion
factor for converting the alternative unit of measure to the base unit of measure, the system creates an
error on the Documents Errors tab. If the message doesn’t contain a unit of measure, the system also
creates an error.
• Deviating Goods Supplier
Up to now, if an inbound message (ASN) had no goods supplier assigned and there were different goods
suppliers assigned to the freight units, the system couldn’t create a consignment order and such inbound
messages weren’t processed. The creation of the consignment order failed.
Now, the system takes the goods supplier assigned to one of the freight units to create the consignment
order. In addition, the system creates an error on the Documents Errors tab for all document items of the

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

266 PUBLIC Supply Chain
 inbound message that belong to freight units that don’t have the same goods supplier assigned to them as
in the consignment order.
For more information about how to solve the errors, see the message long texts on the Documents Errors
tab.

Related Information

Correction of Errors in Business Documents

Creation or Update of Consignment or Freight Orders on Inbound Messages

12.4.2.5 Enhancements for Manual Planning and

Transportation Cockpit

With this feature, you can use improved usability features in the Define Field Catalogs for Transportation Cockpit
app. Further, you can indicate a packaging material when you create a package unit.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-PLN-TC (Transportation Cockpit); TM-PLN-MP (Manual

Planning)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following functions are available:

• When you create a package unit using the Package Unit button in the following lists and hierarchies, you
can now also indicate a packaging material:
• Package unit list
• Package unit hierarchy
• Package unit stage hierarchy
• Freight unit/package unit stage hierarchy

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 267
• Field catalogs are now available for all lists and hierarchies of the transportation cockpit. Note that field
catalogs are not supported for lists and hierarchies for detail areas which can be embedded in the
transportation cockpit from external applications, such as single document user interfaces. For more
information, see SAP Note 3362076 .
Further, the usability of the Define Field Catalogs for Transportation Cockpit app has been improved (see
SAP Note 3363933 ). For example, you can change the sequence of fields that are displayed by default
in the Field Catalog Components section by moving them up and down or by entering another sequence
number. Further, the number of all field catalogs and field catalog components is displayed as well as how
many of them are selected. Dual views also support field catalogs.

Effects on Existing Data

• A new field Packaging Material has been added to the Create Package Unit dialog box.
• New fields have been added to the field catalogs for the freight unit stage list:
• EWM Delivery
• EWM Delivery Category
• EWM Delivery Category Description
• In the freight unit stage list, the following quick view has been added:
• EWM Delivery
• In the road freight order hierarchy, new status values have been added to the Warehouse Processing Status
button:
• Set to Ready for Warehouse Processing
• Set to Not Ready for Warehouse Processing

12.4.2.6 Enhancements for Scheduling and Automatic

Planning

With this feature, two new fields are available in the scheduling settings. Further, several new functions are
available in the area of driving time and working hours constraints.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

268 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Application Component TM-PLN-SCH (Scheduling); TM-PLN-VSR (Vehicle
Scheduling and Routing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following functions are available:

• A new parameter is available which specifies whether subsequent road freight orders assigned to the same
truck resource within the planning horizon are to be re-scheduled too when you re-schedule a road freight
order. This parameter is relevant for scheduling only.
• Inbound and outbound information is passed to the vehicle scheduling and routing (VSR) optimizer based
on the business transaction document (BTD) type code. The VSR optimizer now considers this information
if you have selected New Freight Order when Resource Is Empty in the FO Building Rule field in your
optimizer settings (this feature is available since calendar week 40, 2023 in the VSR optimizer). That
means, if one or several outbound freight units are assigned to a freight order and there is one consecutive
inbound freight unit that is delivered by the same resource to the source location of the freight order, the
freight order also contains the inbound freight unit even though the resource is empty when loading it.
• In the area of driving time and working hours constraints, the following new functions are available:
• Subsequent activities on the same resource within the planning horizon are taken into account during
scheduling as context for driving time and working hours in addition to preceding activities. This is
important if you use backward scheduling.
• If service activities, such as loading or coupling, are allowed by your rest type, only "true" rests are
displayed in the Gantt chart. That means, no rests are shown in parallel to service activities because
the driver is actually working and not resting.
• When you use drag and drop in the Gantt chart, the system considers road freight orders assigned to
the same resource before or after the dropped road freight order during scheduling.
• Scheduling and VSR optimization also consider other road freight orders that are planned on the
same single resources before the planning horizon when determining rests. You can define this in the
scheduling settings.
• You can upload and download driving time and working hours constraints in the scenario builder by
using a predefined template.

Effects on Existing Data

The following fields have been added to the Create Scheduling Settings app and the Edit Scheduling Settings
app:

• Reschedule Subsequent Documents

• Consider Road FOs Before Plng Horizon

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 269
These fields are also available in the Change Planning Settings dialog box of the Transportation Cockpit app.

Related Information

Considering Driving Time and Working Hours Constraints

Freight Order Building Rule

12.4.2.7 Enhancements for Load Planning and Load

Consolidation

With this feature, you can use drag and drop in the 3D load plan to move unplanned objects into a truck,
trailer, or container and to change the positions of planned objects in the cargo space. Further, product
orientation profiles are now taken into account by load planning and load consolidation, and you can change
the orientation of your top-level products and packages in the 3D load plan and the load plan hierarchy. Finally,
the free positioning approach now also supports a number of load planning rules.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-PLN-LP (Load Planning); TM-PLN-LP-OPT (Load

Optimization)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

270 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Additional Details

The following functions are available:

• Load planning and load consolidation now take product orientation profiles into account. Note that the
row-stack approach supports Bottom Straight and Bottom Turned only. Load consolidation supports the
row-stack approach only.
• You can now change the orientation of your top-level products and packages in the 3D load plan using
keyboard shortcuts, the Change Orientation button, or the context menu. In the load plan hierarchy, you
can change the orientation in the Orientation field. Note that you can only change the orientation according
to the orientations that you have allowed for the product in the product orientation profile.
As a prerequisite, you must have activated manual load planning in Customizing.
The behavior of the Rotate button has also been adapted. If the orientation is Left Straight, for example, the
button changes it to Left Turned and vice versa.
• You can now adjust a load plan manually using drag and drop to move products and packages inside a
truck, trailer, or container. Further, you can create a new load plan by moving unplanned products and
packages into a truck, trailer, or container using drag and drop. You can drag and drop one object or a
group of objects. When dragging, the system allows you to snap the dragged objects to a target object with
the help of visualized markers. When you move an object or a group of objects along an axis, the system
guides you in this axis-aligned movement. This movement can be fixed by pressing the SHIFT key.
The drag and drop action can be stopped by pressing the ESC key. A successful drag and drop action
can be undone and redone. The axle loads are recalculated after a successful drag and drop action. If you
want to place an object next to another object or next to the wall of the cargo space, you can temporarily
activate collision detection by pressing the CTRL key. The drag and drop action is then aborted if the object
collides with any other object.
As a prerequisite, you must have activated manual load planning and drag and drop in Customizing.
• New rules are available for load planning:
• 2102 Heavy packages should be positioned at the bottom
• 2162 Reduce gaps
They are supported by the free positioning approach only.
The following existing rules are now also supported by the free positioning approach: 2100, 2101, 1100,
2160, 8021, and 8024.
• The description of the following rules has been changed:
• 8021 – Load all packages turned
• 8024 – Load all packages straight
• 2100 - Packages with high density should be at bottom of the stack

Effects on Customizing

You define product orientation profiles in Customizing for Transportation Management under Master Data
Product Define Product Orientation Profile .

You activate manual load planning by selecting the Enable Manual Load Planning checkbox in Customizing for
Transportation Management under Basic Functions Load Planning Define Layouts for 3D Load Plan .
You activate drag and drop by selecting the Enable Drag and Drop checkbox in this Customizing activity.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 271
Related Information

Load Planning
Load Plan

12.4.2.8 Reverse Auction

With this feature, you as a shipper, can allow carriers to revise their bids and view the current best rates for the
lanes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRA-RFQ (Freight Agreement Request for Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

Additional Details

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component TM-FRA-RFQ

Effects on Customizing

You've defined the following in the Customizing for Transportation Management, under Master Data
Agreement RFQs and Quotations :

• You've selected Advanced RFQs

• You've selected Enable Capacity Demand and Rates
• You've selected Enable Reverse Auction
• (Optional) You've selected Allow Carriers to Increase their Bids if you want to enable your carrier to quote
higher than the previous bid. You can select this checkbox, only if you've selected Enable Reverse Auction
for the RFQ

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

272 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Related Information

Reverse Auction

12.4.2.9 Enhancements in Freight Request for Quotations

With this feature, you as a shipper, can specify multiple carriers in the carrier table. Carrier table contains
details about the status of the individual Request for Quotations (RFQs), if available.

Also, the system automatically updates the award confirmation status for master RFQ once the confirmation
for an individual RFQ is available.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRA-RFQ (Freight Agreement Request for Quotation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

Additional Details

If you need to create an incident regarding this feature, use component TM-FRA-RFQ.

Related Information

Freight Agreement RFQ Master

Award Confirmation

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 273
12.4.2.10 Controlled Change Process for Freight and
Forwarding Settlements

With this feature, you can control the change process strategy for settled charge lines when there's an increase
in the settled charge lines.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRS (Freight Settlement)

TM-FWS (Forwarding Settlement)

TM-FWS-INT (Internal Settlement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

Additional Details

You can control the change process strategy for settled charge lines when there's an increase in the charge
lines from the Customizing activity for Transportation Management under Basic Functions General Settings
General Settings for TM .

For more information, see Controlled Change Process for Freight and Forwarding Settlements.

Related Information

Automatic Change Management for Freight Settlements

12.4.2.11 Sales Order Scheduling Based on TM Durations

With this feature, you can use Transportation Management’s new Transportation Requirement Routing and
Scheduling (TRS) capability when calculating the delivery date of a sales order in Sales and Distribution (SD).
The scheduling of a sales order employs the determination capabilities of advanced Available-to-Promise
(aATP) and Business Process Scheduling (BPS), which rely on TM for durations provided by TRS.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

274 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-INT-LI-SD (Integration with Sales and Distribution);

TM-PLN-PS (Profiles and Settings)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

TRS is a new foundation module that supports various functions, such as route determination and
transportation duration determination. TRS enables you to determine the transportation durations of your
requirements in an order-based scheduling scenario. Based on this information, scheduling is performed in
BPS when you enter the material and press ENTER while creating a sales order. When you save the sales order,
freight units are created and the calculated delivery date is passed on.

A new profile, transportation duration determination profile, that allows you to define how transportation
durations are to be determined is available. In this profile, you can indicate one or several routing methods:

• Default route determination

• Lane, distance, and duration determination
• Straight-line determination

Further, you can indicate the sequence in which the system is to perform them. You can also indicate a planning
profile if you want to use the fixed loading durations and durations for the Prepare and Finalize activities that
you have defined there. To create transportation duration determination profiles, open the Profiles and Settings
- Worklist app from the launchpad, select the All Transportation Duration Determination Profiles query and then
the New button.

The TRS test cockpit allows you to simulate the determination of transportation durations. You can then
analyze the result. To start the TRS test cockpit from the SAP Easy Access menu, choose Transportation
Management Administration Transportation Requirement Routing and Scheduling TRS - Test Cockpit .

 Note

• This feature is only available for internal TM component integration. That means, TM and SD must
operate in a single SAP S/4HANA system.
• This feature is only available for sales orders.
• Incoterm locations are supported. That means that the calculated delivery date relates to the arrival of
cargo at the incoterm location.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 275
Effects on Customizing

For the integration with SD, aATP and BPS to work, you need to do the following:

• You need to assign your transportation duration determination profile to your logistics integration profile.
To do so, a new area Business Process Scheduling has been added to the logistics integration profile.
For more information, see Customizing for Transportation Management under Integration Logistics
Integration Internal TM Component Integration Define Logistics Integration Profile .
• You need to define the transportation relevance of your sales documents.
For more information, see Customizing for Transportation Management under Integration Logistics
Integration Internal Component Integration Define Transportation-Relevance of Sales Documents .
• You need to define activities for BPS, such as Load or Travel.
For more information, see Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Advanced Available-to-
Promise (aATP) Business Process Scheduling (BPS) Scheduling Schema Define Activities for BPS .
• You need to define a BPS schema. In the BPS schema, on the Attribute Determination view, you have
indicated, for each of these activities, that the duration from TM should be used.
For more information, see Customizing for Cross-Application Components under Advanced Available-to-
Promise (aATP) Business Process Scheduling (BPS) Scheduling Schema Maintain BPS Schema .

Related Information

Transportation Requirement Routing and Scheduling

Integration of Sales Order Scheduling
Activity Attributes for Business Process Scheduling (BPS)

12.4.2.12 Enhancements for Purchase Scheduling

Agreements

With this feature, you can control the number of freight units (FU) TM creates for a purchase scheduling
agreement by setting a time range that dynamically controls the number of schedule lines taken into account
during freight unit building.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

276 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Application Component TM-INT-LI-MM (Integration with Material Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FP01

Additional Details

With this feature, you can also seamlessly integrate existing purchase scheduling agreements into TM by
maintaining the relevant customizing activities.

Effects on Customizing

A new customizing activity, Define Rule Group to Determine Integration Time Range of Purchase SAGs, is
available under Integration Logistics Integration Internal TM Component Integration .

Related Information

Integration Time Range for Purchase Scheduling Agreement

12.4.2.13 Enhancement for Deliveries

With this feature, you can delete LE deliveries from Transportation Management (TM). Besides, the automatic
creation of inbound deliveries for error-free freight units (FU) in a consignment order has been enabled.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-INT-LI-LE (Integration with Logistics Execution)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 277
Additional Details

Delivery Deletion
To delete a delivery, certain requirements must be met:

• The deletion of deliveries is available in an embedded setup.

• Deliveries must originate in Logistics Execution (LE).
• Planned FUs must first be removed from their freight Order (FO).
• Finally, freight units (FU) must be delivery-based and unplanned.

Automatic Creation of Inbound Deliveries

In the context of the automatic creation of inbound deliveries out of consignment orders, consider the
following:

• TM builds deliveries for error-free FUs.

• FU document errors must be corrected on the Document Errors tab page so that TM can build the
corresponding deliveries.
• TM assigns FUs to deliveries based on their external delivery number. FUs with the same number are
grouped into the same deliveries.

Effects on Existing Data

A new button, Delete Deliveries, has been introduced to the Freight Units - Worklist.

Related Information

Delivery Deletion

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

278 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Creation or Update of Consignment or Freight Orders on Inbound Messages

12.4.2.14 Paperless Shipment

With this feature, you can send attachments of the type file alongside your Transportation Generic Ordering Out
service and receive them with your Transportation Generic Ordering In service.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-INT (Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Transportation Generic Ordering In

Transportation Generic Ordering Out

12.4.2.15 Consignment Orders for Customer Pick-Up

With this feature, you can create consignment orders for customer pick-up. When the consignment order
is ready for shipping, the customer receives a notification that the freight has been made available. All
transportation planning activities are carried out by the customer.

Consignment orders for pick-up are relevant for consignment orders with incoterms EXW (Ex Works) and FCA
(Free Carrier).

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 279
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRM (Freight Order Management)

TM-FRM-ASR (Advanced Shipping and Receiving)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can only assign freight units with incoterm EXW or FCA with a statistical stage to freight orders for
self-delivery or pick-up or to consignment orders for customer pick-up.

To use this feature, you set up the following in Customizing for Transportation Management:

• Under Integration Logistics Integration Define Logistics Integration Profile you've selected the
Advanced stage building variant to consider incoterm locations 1 and 2 for building stages for freight units.
This includes the use of statistical stages.
For more information on stage building variants, see Logistics Integration Profile
• Under Freight Order Management Consignment Order Define Consignment Order Types , you've
selected Relevant for Customer Self-Delivery or Pick-Up in the Self-Delivery/Customer PU field.

Effects on Customizing

In Customizing for Transportation Management under Freight Order Management Freight Order Define
Freight Order Type , a field value was renamed from Freight Order for Customer Self-Delivery or Pick-Up to
Relevant for Customer Self-Delivery or Pick-Up.

In the basic settings for the Customizing activity Define Consignment Order Type under Freight Order
Management Consignment Order , the field Self-Dlv./Cust. PU with the value Relevant for Customer Self-
Delivery or Pick-Up was added.

Related Information

Consignment Orders for Customer Pick-Up

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

280 PUBLIC Supply Chain
12.4.2.16 Enhancements for Advanced Shipping and
Receiving

With this feature, several functions in Advanced Shipping and Receiving have been enhanced.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component TM-FRM-ASR (Advanced Shipping and Receiving)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Handle Incomplete Warehouse Loading Stops at Checkout of a Truck

With this feature, you can define how to continue with the execution if not all warehouse loading stops at the
shipping point have the status Loaded, but your truck needs to check out. This can be useful, for example, if a
warehouse door is blocked by another truck, or if not all loading activities could be reported in the system.

You can choose one of the following options:

• Continue execution and create document error for status mismatch

A document error is created because the status of one or more warehouse loading stops and the status of
the main stop don't match.
• Unassign freight that wasn't loaded
The freight is unassigned and has to be planned again.
• Reassign freight that wasn't loaded to be pick up later
A new stop for the shipping point is added to the freight document later in the sequence. The truck can
check out and come back later to pick up the remaining goods.

You define how to handle not completed warehouse loading stops in Customizing for Transportation
Management under Freight Order Management→ Execution Settings → Define Event Profiles → Hdl Not Cmpl
Stops.

 Note

The settings for handling not completed warehouse loading stops only apply if the event profile for Loading
End events is set to Optional: Report Event Manually or Via Service for Advanced Shipping and Receiving
Locations. Other event profile settings might lead to a check out block.

This setting only applies to freight orders.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 281
For more information, see the following:

• Section Check Out in Checks for Handling Execution Status-Relevant Events

• Section Advanced Shipping and Receiving in Follow-Up Processes

Handle Consignment Orders for Customer Pick-Up (Incoterm EXW)

You can create consignment orders for customer pick-up. For more information, see the What's New document
Consignment Orders for Customer Pick-Up [page 279].

Handle Errors in Business Documents

Additional checks have been enabled to handle errors in business documents. For more information, see
Enhancements for Handling Errors in Business Documents (Checks) [page 266].

Effects on Customizing

The Customizing activity Define Event Profiles was enhanced by the field Hdl Not Cmpl Stops (Handling of Not
Completed Warehouse Stops).

Related Information

Follow-Up Processes
Checks for Handling Execution Status-Relevant Events
Consignment Orders for Customer Pick-Up

12.4.2.17 Tax Settings for Freight Settlements in External

System

With this feature, you can specify whether the tax is calculated at the charge type level for countries/regions
and the tax indicators for the charge types for countries/regions also from the Customizing of the SAP ERP
system.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

282 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Application Component TM-FRS (Freight Settlement)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

Additional Details

For freight settlement, you can specify whether the tax is calculated at charge type level for countries/regions
and the tax indicators for the charge types for countries/regions also from the Customizing of the SAP ERP
system. However, during settlement posting, the system prioritizes the Customizing settings in the TM for SAP
S/4HANA system even though you've specified the Customizing settings in the SAP ERP system.

Related Information

Tax Determination

12.5 Advanced Order Promising

12.5.1 Product Availability Check (CA-ATP-PAC)

12.5.1.1 Bucket Logic in Product Availability Checks

With this feature, you can now configure availability checks to use either a progressive or conservative logic for
including receipts in the calculation of available quantity.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAC (ATP: Product Availability Check)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 283
Additional Details

The time series for product availability checks uses buckets to aggregate receipts and demands. While
requirements are always evaluated at the start of the bucket, receipts can be considered with different options
to generate more realistic confirmations. In transaction OVZ9, you can use the Bucket Logic field in Future
Supply to define how supplies are evaluated when availability is checked:

• If you choose Progressive, receipts are confirmed at the start of the bucket (as was the case up to and
including SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS0.)
• If you choose Conservative, receipts are confirmed at the end of the bucket, meaning a requirement using
quantity from a specific receipt element can only be confirmed one bucket after the receipt.

Effects on Customizing

You can use the Bucket Logic field for check scopes defined in the SAP Customizing Implementation Guide
in activity Configure Scope of Availability Check available at Cross-Application Components Advanced
Available-to-Promise (aATP) Product Availability Check (PAC) and for which the Advanced Available-to-
Promise Functions are active.

Related Information

Scope of Advanced Availability Check

12.5.1.2 Check Horizon with BPS Schema in Product

Availability Checks

With this feature, the check horizon has been enhanced to offer more flexibility by using Business Process
Scheduling (BPS) to calculate the end of replenishment lead time.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAC (ATP: Product Availability Check)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

284 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

If, in transaction OVZ2A, you enter a BPS schema in the BPS Schema for Check Horizon column for a
checking group, the system uses the BPS values for duration, time zone, and calendar to calculate the end
of replenishment lead time.

If no BPS schema is entered, the system uses the replenishment lead time parameters maintained for the
supplying plant and in the material master data.

Effects on Customizing

You can use the BPS Schema for Check Horizon field for checking groups in the SAP Customizing
Implementation Guide in activity Define Availability Checking Group Behavior available at Cross-Application
Components Advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Define Availability Check Groups and for which the
Advanced Available-to-Promise Functions are active.

Related Information

Check Horizon
Business Process Scheduling (BPS)

12.5.1.3 Product Availability Checks Without Batch Checks

With this feature, you can configure your system to consider all quantities only at plant or storage location level
when availability is checked.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 285
Application Component CA-ATP-PAC (ATP: Product Availability Check)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

You can use the Without Batch Check indicator to configure your system to check availability at plant and
storage location level only and to ignore any batches specified for schedule lines in orders:

• If you activate the Without Batch Check indicator, the availability check will confirm the full quantity
available at plant/storage location level. The confirmed quantity is not restricted by the requested batch.
• If you do not activate the Without Batch Check indicator, the availability check will confirm the quantity
available in the requested batch.

Effects on Customizing

You can use the Without Batch Check indicator for check scopes defined in the SAP Customizing
Implementation Guide in activity Configure Scope of Availability Check available at Cross-Application
Components Advanced Available-to-Promise (aATP) Product Availability Check (PAC) and for which the
Advanced Available-to-Promise Functions are active.

Related Information

Storage Location and Batch Level

Product Availability Check (CA-ATP-PAC)

12.5.2 Product Allocation (CA-ATP-PAL)

12.5.2.1 Enhancements in Product Allocation Planning Data

Upload

With this feature in the Manage Product Allocation Planning Data app, via the file upload, you can delete
characteristic value combinations as well as change the activation status of planning data, and change the
constraint status.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

286 PUBLIC Supply Chain
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 1JW (Advanced Available-to-Promise Processing)

Application Component CA-ATP-PAL (ATP: Product Allocation)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Use the Download function to create an .xlsx or .csv file containing all existing product allocation planning data
for a product allocation object and time period. In the downloaded file, you can mark existing characteristic
value combinations for deletion and select to also delete existing order consumptions. In addition, you can
change the activation status of planning data and change the constraint status by entering predefined values in
the downloaded file.

Effects on System Administration

For the deletion of characteristic value combinations with order consumptions, users require the authorization
object M_PAO_CVC and activity ACTVT (value 36 Extended Maintenance) to be assigned to the business role.

Related Information

Using File Uploads for Maintaining Planning Data

12.6 Extended Service Parts Planning

12.6.1 Mass Deactivate Planning Status

With this feature you can set the planning status to Marked for deactivation for a selection of products and
either plants or MRP areas by using report /SAPAPO/ESPP_PLSTA_PHASEOUT.

Previously, the material master transaction MM02 had to be used for each single material for this purpose.
Now you can mass deactivate the planning status for several products at once.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Supply Chain PUBLIC 287
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component SCM-APO-SPP

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Extended Service Parts Planning-Relevant Product Creation in SAP S/4HANA

12.7 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see What's New Viewer.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

288 PUBLIC Supply Chain
13 Integration

13.1 Business Network Integration

13.1.1 Integration with SAP Ariba Applications

13.1.1.1 Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying

(2NV)

The Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying (2NV) now enables buyers to view the updated status
changes in guided buying for requests that are rejected in SAP S/4HANA. The status is updated based on the
edits made in SAP S/4HANA to the rejected request.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 2NV (Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI (Ariba Integration with S/4HANA)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

For more information on new or changed features, see What's new in SAP Ariba.

1. Enter the feature ID in the Search field at the top of the SAP Ariba new features table to find a feature.
2. Click See More in the Description of the feature to access detailed documentation.

Feature ID Feature Title

GB-21591 Synchronized Status Changes for Guided Buying Requests

Edited in SAP S/4HANA or SAP S/4HANA Cloud in the 2NV
and 3EN Integration Scenarios

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Integration PUBLIC 289
Related Information

Guided Buying Capability with SAP Ariba Buying (2NV)

13.1.1.2 Guided Buying for Central Procurement with SAP

Ariba Buying (3EN)

The Guided Buying for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Buying (3EN) now enables buyers to view the
updated status changes in guided buying for requests that are rejected in SAP S/4HANA. The status is
updated based on the edits made in SAP S/4HANA to the rejected request.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 3EN (Guided Buying for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba
Buying)

Application Component BNS-INT-ARI (Ariba Integration with S/4HANA)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

For more information on new or changed features, see What's new in SAP Ariba.

1. Enter the feature ID in the Search field at the top of the SAP Ariba new features table to find a feature.
2. Click See More in the Description of the feature to access detailed documentation.

Feature ID Feature Title

GB-21591 Synchronized Status Changes for Guided Buying Requests

Edited in SAP S/4HANA or SAP S/4HANA Cloud in the 2NV
and 3EN Integration Scenarios

Related Information

Guided Buying for Central Procurement with SAP Ariba Buying (3EN)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

290 PUBLIC Integration
13.2 Integration with SAP Concur

13.2.1 Support of the Invoice Integration

The export of vendors from SAP S/4HANA to SAP Concur and the posting of SAP Concur invoices are now
supported.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component BNS-CON-SE-S4-INV (Concur S/4HANA Invoice

Integration)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

13.3 Integration with Industry Cloud Solutions from SAP

13.3.1 Enhancements for Data Change Processing

This feature enables you to improve the organization and prioritization of your background activities during
processing of changed business object data.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-ICS-INT (Integration with Industry Cloud Solutions)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Integration PUBLIC 291
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

SAP S/4HANA 2022 SPS04

SAP S/4HANA 2021 SPS06

SAP S/4HANA 2020 SPS08

Additional Details

For the integration of SAP S/4HANA with industry cloud solutions, we enable the use of bgRFC (background
Remote Function Call) destinations in order to optimize the processing of changes made to business object
data. By configuring this Customizing activity, you can optimize the handling time for the assigned business
object types while avoiding delays in other critical processes, such as the direct replication of specific business
object data.

Effects on Data Transfer

By using bgRFC destinations, large data volumes can be efficiently processed without disrupting other
activities. If no valid bgRFC destination is assigned to your business object types in the Customizing activity,
changes for those business objects will be processed using standard RFC destinations, which do not have
specific queues assigned to them.

Effects on Customizing

The Customizing activity Assign Background RFC Destinations to Business Object Types was added to the
Customizing for Integration with Other SAP Components under Integration with Industry Cloud Solutions
Data Replication to Industry Cloud Solutions . For more information about the activity, refer to the system
documentation.

Related Information

Assigning Background RFC Destinations to Business Object Types

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

292 PUBLIC Integration
13.4 Master Data Replication Using SAP Master Data
Integration

With this release, the replication of additional types of master data from SAP S/4HANA to different receiving
systems using SAP Master Data Integration is supported.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not available

Scope Item See table below

Application Component See table below

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Information

Application compo- Link to documenta-

Type of Master Data Solution area Relevant scope items nent tion

Real Estate Contract Finance not applicable Flexible Real Estate Real Estate Contract
Management (RE-FX) Replication
Real Estate Rentable
Object Real Estate Rentable
Object Replication
Real Estate Architec-
ture Object Real Estate Architec-
ture Object Replication

Information for System Administration

You need to connect SAP S/4HANA and SAP Master Data Integration to enable the integration. The general
setup instructions, most of which you only have to perform once, are explained here: Master Data Replication:
Setup Instructions for SAP S/4HANA. To use the integration for the different types of master data, you make
additional settings specific to each type of master data.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Integration PUBLIC 293
13.5 Integration with Microsoft Teams

With this feature, system administrators can enable further functionalities for the integration with Microsoft
Teams for their business users:

• Enable Share as Card

• Enable Message, Audio and Video Call

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CA-FLP-EXT-COL (Collaborative Service)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

By enabling the new features, system administrators provide the following business benefits to their users:

• Enable Share as Card

Business users can collaborate with co-workers by providing a collaborative view that shows app content
in a new window and enables them to have a meaningful conversation. Business users can share this
adaptive card with a person, group, or channel in their Microsoft Teams account.
• Enable Message, Audio and Video Call

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

294 PUBLIC Integration
 The contact quick view now shows the options to start a message, audio call or video call. Depending on
your settings, the following screenshots show what the contact quick view looks like for business users:

Contact Quick View: Option 1

Contact Quick View: Option 2

Effects on System Administration

You must have enabled the Share: Microsoft Teams integration option using the available plug-ins.

In addition, the Microsoft Teams administrator with the Global Admin role must have granted the required
permissions.

For more information, see Integration with Microsoft Teams.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Integration PUBLIC 295
Related Information

Integration with Microsoft Teams

Share Apps and Create Bookmarks for Apps

13.6 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see What's New Viewer.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

296 PUBLIC Integration
14 Country/Region Specifics

For country/region-specific changes, please see What's New Viewer.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Country/Region Specifics PUBLIC 297
15 Industries

15.1 Consumer

15.1.1 Agriculture

15.1.1.1 SAP Agricultural Contract Management

15.1.1.1.1 Performance Improvements in Contracts

To optimize performance and to simplify implementation of logic, multiple Business Add-Is (BAdI)
implementations of BAdI Trading Contract: Enhancement of Business Logic (WB2_BL_ENHANCEMENTS_EX)
have been compressed into a single BAdI implementation Handle Business logic for Tolerance, DPQS,
Optionalities, Cancellation (/ACCGO/CMN_BI_GTM_BL_ENH). This BAdI implementation is used to validate
ACM-related fields. These fields are used during create/update/read of a Global Trade Management (GTM)
contract.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-AGR-APP (Application and Call-off)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Contract Management

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

298 PUBLIC Industries
15.1.1.1.2 Reprocessing Report

A new reprocessing report has been created to process failed Orchestration Framework (OF) tickets. You can
use this report to do mass processing of failed OF tickets either in the foreground or as a background job.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-AGR-LDC (Load Data Capture and Orchestration

Framework)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Once the reprocessing report has been executed, you can check logs for any OF ticket and review the follow-
on documents. This new report replaces the existing Recovery Report (transaction /ACCGO/OF_RECOVERY),
which is now deprecated and will be retired in the future.

Related Information

Recovery Report - Deprecated

Reprocessing Report

15.1.1.1.3 Skip Creation of Call-off for Application Instruction

03

The load data capture (LDC) framework has been enhanced with respect to call-offs. You can disable call-offs
that are created during creation of a purchase order, stock transfer order, or a sales order when LDC is created
with reference trading contract (Application Instruction 03). The application process continues with reference
to the contract specified on the LDC rather than the call-off on the order. This feature eliminates potential
locking issues while updating the order during call-off and improves performance of the system. Furthermore,
there is a reduced need for snipping as there is no call-off in this scenario.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 299
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-AGR-APP (Application and Call-off)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FSPS01

Additional Details

If this feature is turned on, the call-off quantity on a contract is not updated for this scenario. The contract is
consumed only when an application completes for a contract.

 Note

This feature is only supported for LDC's processed via Application Instruction 03.

Effects on Customizing

You can access this using Customizing under Agricultural Contract Management Basic Settings Org.
Level Feature-Switches Activate Feature Switch Is Call-off Disabled (IS_CALLOFF_DISABLED) .

15.1.1.1.4 Change of Distribution Logic of Unload Quantity

You can use this feature switch to influence the distribution of weights on an unload event in split scenarios.
The system can now split the unload weight according to the current percentage distribution. If you enable
the switch for percentage distribution, the system distributes quantities proportionally based on the split
percentage of the load event. The Q-repository is updated with new weights during the application process,
even for items that may already have been finally applied.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

300 PUBLIC Industries
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-AGR-APP (Application and Call-off)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2030 FPS01

Effects on Existing Data

Existing data is not impacted. However, after activating this irreversible switch, the data is populated differently
for load data captures (LDCs) and applications going forward.

Effects on Customizing

You can access this using Customizing under Agricultural Contract Management Basic
Settings Org. Level Feature-Switches Activate Feature Switch Percentage Distribution at Appl.
(ENABLE_PERCENTAGE_QTY_DIST_APP) .

 Note

This switch is not reversible due to changes in how data is populated in the underlying tables, and it is not
configurable at the organizational level.

15.1.2 Retail and Fashion

15.1.2.1 Fashion and Vertical Business

15.1.2.1.1 Fashion Contract Locking during Release Order

Mass Processing

With this feature, you can enable fashion contract locking during mass processing of release orders using the
Manage Sales Documents - Fashion Fiori application.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 301
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-SD (Sales and Distribution for Retail & Fashion)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The system enables a shared lock at the header level and an exclusive lock at the item level for the fashion
contract, depending on the level of the order and the selected action.

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function ISR_RETAILSYSTEM.

For more information on the business function, see Retail.

Related Information

Sales Contracts

15.1.2.1.2 Enhancements in Monitor Supply Assignment

Demand Fiori Application

With this app, you can specify the supply assignment rule before executing the transfer of assignments.

Technical Details

Type New

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

302 PUBLIC Industries
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-ARN (Order Allocation Run)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on System Administration

Use the following business catalog, group, and role to access the corresponding apps from SAP Fiori home
page:

Business Group Business Catalog Business Roles

SAP_RFM_BCG_SUPPDEMNDOVW SAP_RFM_BC_SUPPDEMNDOVW SAP_BR_ORDER_FUL-

FILLMNT_MNGR_R

Related Information

Monitor Supply Assignment Demand

15.1.2.1.3 Enhancements in Temporary Assignment

With this feature, you can enable the system to process temporary assignments for the selected requirement
documents as follows:

• based on the basis quantity (confirmed or ordered).

• based on the sequence for processing temporary assignments depending on the material availability date,
that is, either by the earliest available date (FIFO) or in the backward and then forward mode.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 303
Application Component LO-RFM-ARN (Order Allocation Run)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

This feature is available in the Supply Demand Overview - Temporary Assignment of Demand and Supply
(ARUN_SDO_TEMPORARY_ASSIGNMENTS) report and the Schedule Temporary Assignments Fiori application.

Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function SUPPLY_ASSIGNMENT_01.

For more information on the business function, see Supply Assignment (ARun)

Related Information

Temporary Assignment in Supply Assignment

Schedule Temporary Assignments

15.1.2.1.4 Manage Excess Requirements Enhancements for

Account Assigned Sales Orders

With this app, you can reject the open quantities for confirmation and delivery for account assigned sales
orders.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-SD (Sales and Distribution for Retail & Fashion)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

304 PUBLIC Industries
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on System Administration

• To use this feature, you need to activate the business function ISR_RETAILSYSTEM.
For more information on the business function, see Retail.
• Use the following business catalog, group, and role to access the corresponding apps from SAP Fiori home
page:

Business Group Business Catalog Business Role

SAP_RFM_BCG_ORD_FLFMT_SPE SAP_RFM_BC_ORD_FLFMT_SPE SAP_BR_ORD_FULLFILMNT_SPE_R

Related Information

Manage Excess Requirements App

15.1.2.1.5 Control Input Processing of Sales Documents IDoc

With this feature, you can enable the system to use direct input calls using fashion APIs
FSH_API_SALESDOCUMENT_CREATE and FSH_API_SALESDOCUMENT_CHANGE instead of batch data
communication (BDC) calls for sales documents of category type Contracts (G (fashion contracts only)), and
Free of Charge (I).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-SD (Sales and Distribution for Retail & Fashion)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 305
Effects on System Administration

To use this feature, you need to activate the business function ISR_RETAILSYSTEM.

For more information on the business function, see Retail.

Related Information

Sales Documents using Intermediate Documents (IDocs) or OData API

15.1.2.2 Retail for Merchandise Management

15.1.2.2.1 Deprecated OData API: Assortment Module (A2X)

The OData API Assortment Module (A2X) (API_RFM_ASSTMT_MDL_001) has been deprecated in this release
and replaced with the OData API Assortment Module (A2X) (API_RFM_ASSTMT_MDL_002). The deprecated
API will be deleted from the SAP API Business Hub as of SAP S/4HANA 2025. Therefore, we recommend that
you switch to the successor API as soon as possible.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-MD-LST (Listing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The deprecated and successor APIs are available on the SAP API Business Hub (https://api.sap.com ).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

306 PUBLIC Industries
Related Information

Assortment Module (A2X) (Version 0001) (Deprecated)

Assortment Module (A2X) (Version 0002)

15.1.2.2.2 CDS Views for SAP Order and Delivery Scheduling

With the following CDS Views, you can retrieve information regarding scheduling group, assigned product and
order and delivery schedules:

• Scheduling Groups (I_ORDDLVSCHEDULINGGROUPS)

• Assigned Products (I_ORDDLVSCHEDGGRPASSGMTS)
• Items of Order and Delivery Schedules (I_ORDDLVSCHEDULEITEMS)
• Header of Order and Delivery Schedules (I_ORDDLVSCHEDULES)

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-ODS-SCD (Retail ODS Scheduling)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Scheduling Groups
Assigned Products
Header of Order and Delivery Schedules
Items of Order and Delivery Schedules

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 307
15.1.2.2.3 Duplicate Document Check for Sales Per Receipt
in POS Inbound Sales Transaction Service

With this feature, you can check duplicate receipt ID (External reference ID) for sales per receipt in POS
inbound Sales Transaction SOAP services. With BAdI RFM_POSI_SLS_SPR_CHECK you can define duplicate
document check rules for sales per receipt processing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-IFC-IN-SRV (Service based POS Interface -

Inbound)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Extensibility: POS Sales Transactions - Create

15.1.2.2.4 Alphanumeric GTIN Scanning in the Process

Picking Request Application

With this feature, you can scan the alphanumeric GTIN of a product during the product picking process using
the Process Picking Requests application.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

308 PUBLIC Industries
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-STO-FIO (In-Store Merchandise and Inventory

Management - Fiori Apps)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on System Administration

Use the following business catalog, group, and roles to access the corresponding apps from SAP Fiori home
page:

Business Group Business Catalog Business Roles

SAP_RFM_BCG_STORE_ASSOCIATE SAP_RFM_BC_STORE_ASSOCIATE SAP_BR_RFM_STORE_ASSOCIATE

SAP_BR_RFM_STORE_MANAGER

Related Information

Process Picking Requests

15.1.2.2.5 Content List Enhancement to Reflect Bar Code of

Picking Request Number

With this feature, you can generate both box label and content list form using the Process Picking Requests
application for single picking request.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-STO-FIO (In-Store Merchandise and Inventory

Management - Fiori Apps)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 309
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on System Administration

Use the following business catalog, group, and roles to access the corresponding apps from SAP Fiori home
page:

Business Group Business Catalog Business Roles

SAP_RFM_BCG_STORE_ASSOCIATE SAP_RFM_BC_STORE_ASSOCIATE SAP_BR_RFM_STORE_ASSOCIATE

SAP_BR_RFM_STORE_MANAGER

Related Information

Process Picking Requests

15.1.2.2.6 Internal unit of measure for sales quantity in POS

Inbound Sales Service

With this feature POS inbound sales transaction service supports SAP internal unit of measure codes for the
quantity fields in addition to ISO unit of measure codes.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-IFC-IN-SRV (Service based POS Interface -

Inbound)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

310 PUBLIC Industries
Related Information

AggregatedSalesByProduct

15.1.2.2.7 Analyze Change Pointers in POS Outbound

Business Add-in

With this BADI_RFM_POS_OUT_CPS Analyze Change Pointers in POS Outbound, you can influence enriching
the XML output in DRFOUT POS Outbound Service based on change pointer that get created depending on
additional settings you have maintained for message type WES_MERCHANDISE.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-IFC-OUT (POS Interface - Outbound)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Configuration maintained at Transaction BD52 for message type WES_MERCHANDISE

Related Information

Merchandise Data Replication in a POS System

15.1.2.2.8 Reason for Movement in Adjust Mass Stock

Application

With this feature, you can track the reason for movement in the goods movement documents generated by the
Adjust Mass Stock application.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 311
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component LO-RFM-STO-FIO (In-Store Merchandise and Inventory

Management - Fiori Apps)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

To enable reason for movement, select the configuration Define Business Transactions under Logistics -
General Store Operations In-Store Merchandise and Inventory Management - UI5 Apps Adjust Mass Stock
Grouping of Business Transactions for Mass Stock Adjustment .

Related Information

Adjust Mass Stock

15.2 Energy & Natural Resources

15.2.1 Oil & Gas

15.2.1.1 Field Logistics

15.2.1.1.1 Enhancements in Process Receipts - Stock and

Non-Stock Items App

This feature enables you to:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

312 PUBLIC Industries
• Receive items in Process Receipt- Stock and Non-Stock Items application without performing visual
inspection.
• Scan Handling unit QR code or bar code label which automatically fetches the purchase order details linked
to it.
• Dynamically print instructions on Material label and Handling Unit label based on processes with respect to
Field Logistics status.
• Distribute the outbound delivery automatically to warehouse managed storage location based on goods
receipt storage location. In order to ensure that the products are issued from the same storage location
where they are received, Field Logistics will pass the receiving storage location value to the issuing storage
location in stock transfer orders, which will then be sent to the storage location of outbound deliveries.
This applies to stock transfer orders and/or deliveries created by Field Logistics after goods receipt (SP14,
SP13).
• Auto create stock transfer order and outbound delivery for Forego Cross-dock and Hold scenario.
• Create standalone Purchase Requisitions and Purchase Order at Field Logistics plants (Base and Remote)
as part of direct procurement of required goods without reference to any supply process in Field Logistics.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40G (Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

Application Component CA-FL-GR (Goods Receipt)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.2.1.1.2 Enable Goods Receipt from Valuated Blocked Stock

in Process Receipts - Stock and Non-Stock Items)

This feature enables you to perform goods receipt with 105 or 109 movement type in Process Receipts - Stock
and Non-Stock Items application for stock, non-stock and rental items if 2-step goods receipt is used.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 313
Scope Item 40G (Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

4AH( Field Logistics Planning and Execution- Supplier Items)

5OM(Field Logistics Planning and Execution- Direct Procure-

ment)

Application Component CA-FL-GR (Goods Receipt)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.2.1.1.3 Enhancements in Process-Cross Plant Receipts App

This feature enables you to:

• View the created inspection lot number for Quality Managed products in business documents section. You
can also navigate to standard inspection lot in Display Inspection Lot application from text field.
• View storage bin for a product in the general information tab in Process-Cross Plant Receipts (PCPR)
application. Note that the field will have value if storage bin for the product is maintained in product master.
• Change the handling decision and follow-on documents after item has been received in PCPR. You may
reverse the GR(Good Receipt) document from non-FL core applications and re-initiate the receiving
process of the item from PCPR.
• Update the Return Purchase Order field after the item is received with handling decision – Return to
Vendor in Process-Cross Plant Receipts application.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40G (Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

Application Component CA-FL-RET (Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.2.1.1.4 Enhancements in Initiate Returns by Product App

This feature enables you to:

• Initiate returns for multiple serialized/ batch-managed/ valuated/ project stock (WBS) items within a
single STO (Stock Transport Order) and OBD (Outbound Delivery).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

314 PUBLIC Industries
• View storage bin for a product in the additional details tab in Initiate Returns by Product application. Note
that the field will have a value if storage bin for the product is maintained in product master.
• Maintain receiving point for a delivery during returns.
• Request returns of stock and non-stock items to an alternative base plant.
• Initiate return using custom document types for Stock Transfer Order, Outbound Delivery etc.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 40G(Field Logistics Planning and Execution)

Application Component CA-FL-RET (Returns)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.2.1.1.5 Enhancements in Field Logistics Voyages App

This feature enables you to :

• Send email from Transport Planner with pdf document containing all voyage details. Note that email is
triggered upon performing print action on voyage.
• View and assign FL(Field Logistics) packages to a voyage.
• View FL package information such as packed deliveries in the Voyage summary document.
• Assign containers, FL packages or standalone items from multiple plants that share a common shipping
point to the same voyage stage (with a matching shipping point only).
• Use voyage API to also maintain Vehicle Name, Vehicle ID, Country and Carrier ID.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6BA (Field Logistics Planning and Execution – Containers

and Voyages)

Application Component CA-FL-SG (Shipment)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 315
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Effects on Existing Data

Effects on Data Transfer

Effects on System Administration

Effects on Customizing

15.2.1.1.6 Enhancements in Logistics Tracking app

This feature enables you to :

• View updated milestones in cases of deletion of different documents – Outbound Delivery/ Item, Purchase
Order/ Item, Stock Transport Order/ Item and Inbound Delivery/ Item.
• Check milestones for 2-step GR performed while receiving at the base.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

316 PUBLIC Industries
Scope Item 6VA (Field Logistics Analytics)

Application Component CA-FL-MT (Material Tracking)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.2.1.1.7 Enhancements in Pack Container App

This feature enables you to:

• Filter kits based on source plant in the kits tab. You can view Maintenance Order Number and Source Plant
as columns in all the facets in the kit object page. You can search based on all fields (that are or can be
added as column in the facet) in the search option on each facet header.
• View updated state of the kit items in cases of deletion of different documents– Outbound Delivery/ Item,
Purchase Order/ Item and Handling Unit.
• Check additional GR document entries in To be Received tab for 2-Step GR process under the KIT tab.
• Pack delivery items into FL packages which can further be packed into a container. FL packages can also
be dispatched independently.
• Unassign/ unpack an issued delivery from the container/ FL package.
• Ensure that the receiving point is always maintained for a container or a delivery item before dispatch.
• Assign items from multiple plants that share a common shipping point to a single container.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6BA (Field Logistics Planning and Execution – Containers

and Voyages)

Application Component CA-FL-SG (Shipment)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.2.1.1.8 Enhancements in Manage Container Master Data

App

The feature enables you to:

• Search containers using Field Logistics Shipment Containers search model in enterprise search.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 317
• Create FL package master data. FL package can be used to pack items from different deliveries (cross-
delivery) in the Pack Container application.
• Maintain container master data via the API.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6BA (Field Logistics Planning and Execution – Containers

and Voyages)

Application Component CA-FL-SG (Shipment)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.2.1.1.9 Enhancements in Kitting BAdI

This feature enables you to define custom logic for kit creation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6BA (Field Logistics Planning and Execution – Containers

and Voyages)

Application Component CA-FL-SG (Shipment)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.2.1.1.10 OData API: Field Logistics - Shipment Container

With this API, you can create, read, update, and delete Field Logistics shipment containers and respective
certificates through this synchronous inbound OData service.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

318 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item 6BA (Field Logistics Planning and Execution – Containers

and Voyages)

Application Component CA-FL-SG (Shipment)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub: https://api.sap.com/api/

OP_FLDLOGSSHIPMENTCONTAINER_0001/overview

Related Information

API for Field Logistics Shipment Container

15.2.1.2 Production and Revenue Accounting (PRA)

15.2.1.2.1 IRF Archived Data Retrieval

PRA ILM objects can be used to retrieve owner's personal data from the archive files. A Purpose can then be
assigned to ILM objects and the archive retrieval framework can be used to retrieve and display the personal
data.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 319
Functional Localization Not applicable, PRA is a U.S.-only solution.

Scope Item 5NM

Application Component IS-OIL-PRA (Industry Solution - Oil and Gas - Production

and Revenue Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 001

15.2.1.2.2 Delivery Network Automation

Customers can enable automated behaviors for Delivery Network processing through the stages of Production
Allocation, Contractual Allocation, Valuation, and Posting. Possible automated behaviors include executing
processes, evaluating run outcomes in a trial mode, and controlling next steps based on detailed automated
run observations.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable, PRA is a U.S.-only solution.

Scope Item 5NM

Application Component IS-OIL-PRA (Industry Solution - Oil and Gas - Production

and Revenue Accounting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 001

15.2.1.2.3 Tax and Royalty 2.0 Mass Uploader

Using this functionality, users can upload at a mass level the data for T&R 2.0’s History, Transactional, and
where needed State Reported data gathered and formatted from a source system to a target system. Here, the
source system could be a legacy system or a system from an acquired company. The scope of this functionality
currently is limited to the state of Texas only.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

320 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable, PRA is a U.S.-only solution.

Scope Item 5NM

Application Component IS-OIL-PRA-REP-TAX (Tax Reporting)

IS-OIL-PRA-REP-ROY (Royalty Reporting)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 001

Additional Details

This utility allows users to generate the required template in the Excel sheet format. Once it is populated, it can
be executed to upload the data in the database tables. Users must have access to legacy data at the DB level.
Legacy Data Extraction/Translation is the responsibility of the user. Master data setups in support of amended
reporting must be in place. This utility has the needed validations around the PRA entities such as WL/WC,
V/DOI, MP, DN, Contracts, Product Codes, etc.

15.2.2 Utilities

15.2.2.1 Utilities

15.2.2.1.1 Enablement of SAP S/4HANA Utilities for SAP

Datasphere

A new option for analytics based on SAP Datasphere has been introduced for SAP S/4HANA Utilities, which
provides CDS views for the extraction of IS-U data. A delta extraction is supported.

The current scope covers master data for the utilities contract, utilities installation, and premise.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 321
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-U-MD (SAP Utilities Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

• Integration with SAP Datasphere

• CDS View Data Extraction for Utilities Contract History
• CDS View Data Extraction for Installation and Installation History

15.2.2.1.2 Exact Move-in Time and Move-out Time for Utilities

Contract

The utilities contract has been enhanced to enable the exact move-in and move-out time to be processed.
These times can be captured as part of the move-in and move-out process and maintained at IS-U contract
level. The exact move-in time and move-out time can be used in time-of-use (TOU) billing and real time pricing
(RTP) billing to precisely observe the consumption for the first and final billing period.

Further details are provided in SAP note 3394464 . A specific logic that is dependent on the type of billing
period involved has been considered for the Japanese market. Details are provided in note 2834512 .

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-U-MD (SAP Utilities Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

322 PUBLIC Industries
Related Information

• Handling the Exact Move-In and Move-Out Time

• Handling the Exact Move-In and Move-Out Time for the Japanese Billing Period

15.2.2.1.3 Custom Fields and Logic for the Utilities

Installation and Utilities Premise

As a business expert or implementation consultant, you can use the Custom Fields app to create your own
fields for the utilities installation and premise master data. Using the Custom Logic app, you can create your
own implementations to customize the following transactions and their UIs:

• Create Installation, Change Installation and Display Installation (ES30, ES31, ES32)
• Create Premise, Change Premise and Display Premise (ES60, ES61, ES62).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-U-MD (SAP Utilities Master Data)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

 Note

For Master Data for Utilities Installations, please read SAP Note 3348558 , which contains further
information about the CFL Extensibility.

• SAP Roadmap Explorer

• Custom Fields App and Custom Logic App
• Custom Fields and Logic for Utilities Installations
• Custom Fields and Logic for Utilities Premise

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 323
15.2.2.1.4 Deprecation of the Old Prepayment Solution for
Utilities

The SAP ERP-based solution for prepayment in IS-U has been deprecated as of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1.

Technical Details

Type Deprecated

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-U-BI (SAP Billing)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

As of SAP S/4HANA 2023 001, the only available solution for prepayment in Utilities is SAP Prepayment for
Utilities.

Effects on Existing Data

This deprecation is relevant for you if you have made entries in the database table EPPMHEADER.

Related Information

Further details are provided in SAP Note 3375865 .

15.2.2.1.5 CDS Views Released for ABAP for Cloud

Development

Basic CDS views in SAP S/4HANA Utilities have been released for development in the ABAP language version
ABAP for Cloud Development. Details can be found in SAP note 3360369 .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

324 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-U (SAP Utilities)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

This development is relevant in the context of the Clean Core approach. A collection of Clean Core-related
documentation and developments in SAP S/4HANA Utilities can be found in SAP note 3406389 .

15.2.2.2 Utilities for Customer Engagement

15.2.2.2.1 New Date/Time Stamp Field For Start and End

Contract

Utilities sales contract management was enhanced so that time stamps can be processed during processes
"New Contract" and "End Contract". The time stamps are closely related to the move-in date and move-out
date in Utilities so that the time stamps are displayed next to these dates in the UI. The time stamps are also
editable so that changes / corrections can be applied at a later point in time as well.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-IU (S4CRM: Utilities Industry)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 325
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Exact Move-in Time and Move-out Time for Utilities Contract

Handling the Exact Move-In and Move-Out Time

15.2.2.2.2 Automatically Determine or Create Contract

Account

With this feature an example BAdI is provided to determine a contract account in the Process Framework
of Customer Engagement from bill to party address and payment method and the creation of new contract
account if needed (via template).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-IU (S4CRM: Utilities Industry)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

SAP Utilities Customer Engagement Sales Contract Management Modify Process Definition (Client-
Specific)

Related Information

Contract Account Determination and Creation

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

326 PUBLIC Industries
15.2.2.2.3 Change Product for Utilities Sales Contract via
Integrated Sales Orders

This feature integrates sales orders in S/4HANA with Utilities sales contract management in Customer
Engagement to manage the contract lifecycle of the Utilities sales contract. The creation of a sales order
will raise following lifecycle events:

• Change contract as the commodity product is changed

• Change contract as of a new configuration of the commodity products.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-IU (S4CRM: Utilities Industry)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

SAP Utilities Customer Engagemen Sales Contract Management Settings for Sales and Distribution
Integration

Related Information

Utilities Life Cycle Events

15.2.2.2.4 End Utilities Sales Contract via Integrated Sales

Order

This feature integrates the sales orders in S/4HANA with Utilities sales contract management in Customer
Engagement to manage the contract lifecycle of the Utilities sales contract. The creation of a sales order will
raise following lifecycle event: terminate contract e.g. related to a move-out.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 327
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-IU (S4CRM: Utilities Industry)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

SAP Utilities Customer Engagemen Sales Contract Management Settings for Sales and Distribution
Integration

Related Information

Utilities Life Cycle Events

15.2.2.2.5 Handover of Sale Prices to Utilities Prices

With this feature sale prices are handed over to Utilities prices to achieve pricing consistency between sales
order prices and Utilities prices. Automatically adoption of all price changes to Utilities billing is now possible.

• Prices and price changes and discounts are maintained as condition records in S/4HANA Sales.
• CE-Process Framework takes care about the creation of Utilities price keys based on the product
information from UPIL.
• A selling system shall integrate with S/4HANA to receive the conditions .
• Restriction: no amount simulation for time of use or dynamic pricing.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

328 PUBLIC Industries
Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component CRM-S4-IU (S4CRM: Utilities Industry)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Sales Pricing to Utilities

15.3 Financial Services

15.3.1 Insurance

15.3.1.1 Policy Management

15.3.1.1.1 Reimplementation of Business Transaction Change

Commission Participant

This feature enables you to reimplement the business transaction Change Commission Participant.

The existing business transaction Change Commission Participant is enhanced in a way that enables a user
to execute this change retroactively. The change of a commission participant can be executed with or without
user action.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PM (Policy Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 329
Additional Details

During the integration between Policy Management (FS-PM) and Portfolio Assignment (ICM-PFO), an
additional field is sent from FS-PM to ICM-PFO to enable the reimplementation of the business transaction
Change Commission Participant. The field contains the order number of a journal entry that triggers the change
on ICM-PFO-side. The same information is provided from ICM-PFO to FS-PM when the FS-PM system reads the
information about the commission participant. This ensures that FS-PM always shows correct ICM-PFO data
for a loaded application. Previously, this data was based on the effective date only.

 Note

Before you do an upgrade to SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS1, please check SAP Note 3410639 . After the
upgrade, please check SAP Note 3411166 .

Effects on Existing Data

The ICM-PFO table PFO_GZO has been enhanced with the field ORDERNO_ID. The new field has been added in
the customer include PFO_S_GZOCATT. Existing entries in the related table will automatically be given the value
0 in the ORDERNO_ID field.

 Restriction

Note that existing sales products that have policies issued cannot read data from ICM-PFO based on the
order number as it was not available at that time. In this case, data is read from the active versions in
ICM-PFO based on the effective date and a warning message is displayed to the user. We recommend using
the option with user interaction for sales products issued before this feature to make sure the correct data
is set during reimplementation.

Effects on Data Transfer

The transfer of data between FS-PM and ICM-PFO has been enhanced. It now includes the order number of a
journal entry of a FS-PM business process resulting in a change in ICM-PFO. In both components, the relevant
structures have been enhanced with the newORDERNO_ID field (FS-PM structure: /PM0/ABT_PFOGZOCATT,
ICM-PFO structure: PFO_S_GZOCATT, customer include CI_PFO_S_GZOCATT). The interface between the two
modules has not been changed as the data is exchanged via enhanced structures.

The BAdI /PM0/ABT_PFO_READ_BADI (BAdI: Read Accesses to PFO) provides the method
GET_HISTORICAL_VERSIONS for the data transfer from ICM-PFO to FS-PM. This method retrieves all versions
of the ICM-PFO objects, including the cancelled versions. Each ICM-PFO entry is associated with an order
number and only the entries that match the order number of the current FS-PM application will be displayed or
processed.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

330 PUBLIC Industries
Effects on Customizing

• In the Customizing activity Process Primary Settings for Interfaces to External Systems, the class /PM0/
CL_AB_INT_PFO_2 has been added for the portfolio assignment interface. You can display the
Customizing activity in Customizing for Policy Management under Integration.
• In the Developer Customizing (area menu /PM0/CUST_INT in transaction SE43), the Change Commission
Participant business transaction P_B_S_CPP_AMD has been enabled for reimplementation. You can display
it under Developer Customizing Internal Customizing Business Transactions Configure Control
Parameters for Business Transactions .

Related Information

Commission

15.3.1.1.2 Enhanced Scheduling Dialog for Reimplementation

This feature enables you to use the following four pushbuttons on the scheduling dialog screen for
reimplementation:

• Select all with UA

• Deselect all with UA
• Select all without UA
• Deselect all without UA

With the four pushbuttons, you can manipulate the status of related checkboxes in defined columns of the
business transaction table offered on the same scheduling dialog screen. On release of the application, all
business transactions that have to be reimplemented are executed according to the decisions made on the
scheduling dialog screen.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PM (Policy Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 331
Additional Details

If you press the pushbutton Select all with UA on the scheduling dialog screen, the system automatically
selects all the checkboxes under the column With User Interaction in the table of business transactions. If
there are changeable checkboxes in the column Without User Interaction, the system deselects the respective
checkboxes. For non-modifiable table rows that are greyed out, the checkbox values are not changed by the
system.

If you press the pushbutton Deselect all with UA on the scheduling dialog screen, the system automatically
deselects all the checkboxes under the column With User Interaction in the table of business transactions. For
non-modifiable table rows that are greyed out, the checkbox values are not changed by the system.

If you press the pushbutton Select all without UA on the scheduling dialog screen, the system automatically
selects all the checkboxes under the column Without User Interaction in the table of business transactions.
If there are changeable checkboxes in the column With User Interaction, the system deselects the respective
checkboxes. For non-modifiable table rows that are greyed out, the checkbox values are not changed by the
system.

If you press the pushbutton Deselect all without UA on the scheduling dialog screen, the system automatically
deselects all the checkboxes under the column Without User Interaction in the table of business transactions.
For non-modifiable table rows that are greyed out, the checkbox values are not changed by the system.

Effects on Customizing

To enable the usage of the pushbuttons you must create a BadI implementation for BAdI BAdI: Show Partner/
Customer Dialogs (/PM0/ABP_BPC_SHOW_DLG) .

Read the BadI documentation for more details. Under Examples you can find a code example for your
implementation. You can find the BAdI: Show Partner/Customer Dialogs in Customizing for Policy Management
under General Settings Screen Display Business Add-Ins (BAdIs) .

Related Information

Reimplementation

15.3.1.1.3 Skip the Master Policy Default Function

This feature enables you to skip the assignment function for defaulting entity data when creating a policy
from a master policy. To do so, you can skip the default derivation of an individual entity, skip the derivation
of all entities, or skip the derivation of a few generic entities from a master policy to a policy in the revised
Customizing activity Skip Master Policy Default Function for Creating New Policies.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

332 PUBLIC Industries
Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PMG (Group Insurance Add-On)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Customizing

In the Customizing activity Skip Master Policy Default Function for Creating New Policies, you can maintain the
individual values for the following entities:

Entities that can be skipped during Defaulting

Technical Name Name

/PM0/ABDABNF Basis Benefit

/PM0/ABDABNFCRY Basis Beneficiary

/PM0/ABDACLAUSE Basis Clause

/PM0/ABDACOMDIFF Basis Commission

/PM0/ABDACRDITOR Basis Creditor

/PM0/ABDADEDCTBL Basis Deductible

/PM0/ABDADISTREL Basis Distribution Plan Relationship

/PM0/ABDALIMIT Basis Limit

/PM0/ABDAPOLHLDR Basis Policyholder

/PM0/ABDAPREM Basis Premium

/PM0/ABDAPRMPAYR Basis Premium Payer

/PM0/ABDASUPDC Basis Surcharge/Discount

COLLTYPE Collection Type

You can find the Customizing activity in Customizing for Policy Management under Master Policy Skip the
Master Policy Default Function Skip Master Policy Default Function for Creating New Policies .

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 333
In the customizing activity, you can enter the list of entities used to skip or to default a particular entity. If you
want to skip the derivation for a particular entity, enter the entity and select the Skip DefMP checkbox. If an
entity is maintained in the Customizing activity and its checkbox is not selected, the policy creation process will
try to derive it from the master policy. If you want to skip the derivation for all the entities, maintain only one
entity name field as blank and select the corresponding checkbox. If you want to derive all the entities, you can
do the following: either enter all the entities and unselect their checkboxes or maintain the blank entry only and
unselect the checkbox.

Related Information

How to Default Entity Data

15.3.1.1.4 ODATA API: Insurance Policy Service (Version

0002)

The RESTful API API_INSURANCEPOLICYSERVICE_2 (Insurance Policy Service) has been enhanced and is
now available with a version 2.0.0. You can use this program interface for the following:

• To read policy data on an effective date

• To read a policy by version ID (order number)
• To create a policy
• To reverse a policy

The OData service is published on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PM (Policy Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

334 PUBLIC Industries
Additional Details

Insurance Policy Service (API_INSURANCEPOLICYSERVICE_2)

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

Create Policy:

• Coinsurance is now supported.

• Edit note text is now supported for the entities Policy, Contract, Coverage Package, and Coverage Level.
• Long text is now supported for the entities Clause, Related Contract, and Risk Assessment Answer for all
levels in the Insurance Policy business object where clause, related contract, and risk assessment answer
are defined.

Read policy:

• Transfer and settlement is now supported.

• Cash-Before-Cover (CBC) overview is now supported.
• Cash-Before-Cover (CBC) cashflow is now supported.

Constraints
• Read policy:
• Reading the commission participant and the commission roles cannot be done directly nor via the
navigation path. It is only possible by using the $expand feature from the policy level.
• Extensibility is not supported for the commission participant and the commission role.
• Reverse policy:
• Multiple policy reversals are not allowed.
• Reading the results of entities other than policy cannot be done directly nor via the navigation path. It
is only possible by using the $expand feature from the policy level.

Related Information

Insurance Policy Service (Version 0002)

15.3.1.1.5 ODATA API: Insurance Open Application (A2X)

Policy Management now provides a RESTful API (program interface) that you can use to perform new business
open application actions, and to read an application by date or by order number.

SAP provides the OData service API_INSURANCEAPPLICATION (Insurance Open Application (A2X)) for this
purpose, which is published on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub.

You can use this program interface for the following:

• To read policy data on an effective date

• To read a policy by version ID (order number)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 335
• To create a policy
• To reverse a policy

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PM (Policy Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Insurance Open Application (A2X) API_INSURANCEAPPLICATION

This API is available on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub (https://api.sap.com/ ).

The service checks if the requesting user has the required authorizations.

The Update Application service uses the following parameter elements for different functions (these properties
are not part of the entities and hence are not persisted):

• InsuranceApplication; Application number

• InsurPlcyIsSavePolicy; Save application
• InsurPlcyIsSmltePolicy; Simulate the application creation
• InsurancePolicyLockKey; Lock the application with the lock key

Subsequent processing is only possible if the same lock key is specified for subsequent calls. A lock has no
effect when the application creation was simulated. The lock is removed when you release the application.

You can perform the following actions on new business applications:

• Calculate
Resume processing and execute the calculation for the specified new business application number.
• Release
Execute the policy issuance for a calculated new business application.
• Reject
Execute the refusal of a specified new business application.
• Determine CBC category
Execute the determination of the CBC category for a calculated new business application.
• Request CBC amount

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

336 PUBLIC Industries
 Execute the request of the CBC amount for a calculated new business application after the CBC
determination.

Once an action is performed, the information is returned in the response as a payload. The response also
provides the hierarchy information that assigns the nodes to their parent node.

For the Read Application service, the following properties are mandatory:

• Either the UUID of a policy (InsurPlcyUUID) or the policy number (InsurancePolicy)

• Either the date on which an action executed during a business process becomes effective
(InsurancePolicyEffectiveDate) or the sequence number of the journal entries (InsurPlcyOrderNumber).

Related Information

Insurance Open Application (A2X)

15.3.1.1.6 Legal Change to the Validity Period for Short-Term

Licence Plates in Germany

Since September 1, 2023, the clarification of the regulation on the validity period for short-term license plates
in the amended German Vehicle Registration Law results in a possible extension of the insurance coverage to a
maximum of six days.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Localized for Germany

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PMA (Policy Management for Auto Insurance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Effects on Data Transfer

The check that is run on the validity period is implemented in BAdI /MVA/AMV_VALIDATE_BADI. Check to
what extent a customer implementation was created for this purpose and adjust it accordingly if necessary.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 337
15.3.1.1.7 Legal Change to Registration (Austria) for KFA
Version 7.01

With this function, you can use Registration Management (Austria) according to the changed legal
requirements of the Austrian Insurance Association in the data exchange with insurance companies and
with the Bundesanstalt Statistik Österreich (Austrian statistical office) about KFA version 7.01 and in
“INFO_WERTE_Fachbezogen Ver. 7.01”.

Technical Details

Type geändert

Functional Localization Localized for Austria

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PMA (Policy Management for Auto Insurance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Changes to the Record Types:

Record Type 3 Registration Date:

• The Engine Number (Engine Model Number) (MT-NUM) field was extended to 25 digits.
• The Type-Approval Number (TYNUM) field was extended to 30 digits.
• A new field called Vehicle Subgroup (FZG_UNTGRP) was added.

Usage Determination Adjusted:

• 41 - For Escorting Special Transports (changed)

• 99 - See A18 Official Observations (new)

The new and changed fields are displayed in Registration Management (Austria) and can be imported using the
Import Registration Data (A) report.

Effects on Data Transfer

Customer-specific implementations of BAdI /MVA/AMV_RSA_DATA_EXCH_BADI should be checked because

there is a new field that needs to be considered during import.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

338 PUBLIC Industries
15.3.1.1.8 RFM Generate Certificate According to Compulsory
Insurance Act (PflVG)

You can use this function to execute the remote-enabled function module (RFM) Generate Certificate According
to Compulsory Insurance Act (PflVG) (/MVA/AMT_SVC_CERT). You can generate the certificate for the chosen
effective date or for the current policy version.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Germany and Austria

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PMA (Policy Management for Auto Insurance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The function module triggers the issuing of a certificate according to the Compulsory Insurance Act, schedules
the correspondence, and triggers the printing of the correspondence. The system checks whether the bonus-
malus can be assigned and notes the creation of the certificate in the bonus-malus.

Effects on System Administration

For customer-specific enhancements, a BAdI (/MVA/AMT_SVC_CERT_BADI) is available for the remote-

enabled function module Generate Certificate According to Compulsory Insurance Act (PflVG). You can find the
BAdI in Customizing under SAP Insurance Policy Management Integration Services Remote-Enabled
Function Modules Inquiry BAdI: Generate Certif. Acc. to Compulsory Insurance Act (Extension In/Out) .

More Information

In the Business Transactions section, read the entry for the Issue Certificate According to Compulsory Insurance
Act business transaction.

• Business Transactions - Auto

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 339
For more information about this function module, call transaction SE37 and read the long text of the function
module documentation.

15.3.1.1.9 Immediate Confirmation for Errors in CIC/IIS

Inclusion

You can use this function to immediately include a notification in the dialog using the Include Immediately
action in CIC/IIS Management. The system immediately confirms whether the inclusion was successful.

When you execute the (existing) Include Notification action or the (new) Include Immediately action, the system
exits processing mode.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Localized for Germany and Austria

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-PMA (Policy Management for Auto Insurance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Germany:
The system displays the Include Immediately pushbutton for an inbound positive/negative answer, for an
inbound correction, or for an inbound claim-free discount return. The Include Notification pushbutton is also
available for an inbound positive answer and for an inbound correction with a positive answer.

Austria:
The system displays the Include Immediately and Include Notification pushbuttons always at the same time for
the inbound notifications “answer”, “correction”, and “deletion”.

Both Countries:
If both pushbuttons are displayed at the same time, you can either include the notification immediately
(schedule a date and position immediately) or, as before, schedule a date for the inclusion using the Include
Notification pushbutton.

You can execute the Include Immediately action only if the notification is accessed directly via the CIC/IIS
Management transaction. You cannot execute the Include Immediately action if the jump to CIC/IIS
Management takes place from a business process (such as Inquiry, Change, and so on).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

340 PUBLIC Industries
When you execute the Include Immediately action, the system processes the date of the IIS inclusion (/MVA/
CLAIM_VAS) immediately using a background update. It does not matter whether the date already existed or
whether it was rescheduled by the immediate inclusion. Positioning updates the contract as far as it was before
the inclusion.

If errors occur during immediate inclusion, the notification and the contract remain unchanged.

If the inclusion was successful, the status of the notification changes to “Completed” and this is also noted in
the change information. Note that the Automatic Processing indicator is set in the process because processing
is executed in the background as a result of the processing of the “IIS Inclusion” date.

15.3.1.2 Claims Management

15.3.1.2.1 Representative

With the representative, you can assign or change roles in the contractual relationship. Representative is the
business partner of an insurance company who is assigned a certain role in the contractual relationship by or
for the policyholder on a single occasion or permanently. Representatives can be natural or legal persons who,
for example, act as legal guardians in terms of guardianship legislation.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM (Claims Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 001

Configuration

Depending on the scope of the representative different roles are available:

• “REPR”: “Representative” for general authority which can exist only once per claim.
• “RPR2”: “Information Representative” (new claims role) for inquiry authority which is not limited.

The Representative Category is also stored in the participant data and indicates the type of representation,
such as guardian.

In a claim they are shown in the following places:

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 341
• In the policy snapshot in the overview of participants.
• In the list of participants of the claim.
• In the navigation tree the representative with general authority in a new node below the contract node.
• In the F4 help for correspondence recipients if the policy holder is a possible recipient for the document.

15.3.1.2.2 OData API: Insurance Claim Service

Claims Management now provides the OData API Insurance Claim Service that you can use to create and
update a claim. You can use the service to search for specific claim or to request the complete claim data,
including all nodes for a single or several claims.

This OData service is published on the SAP Business Accelerator Hub. External Publications can then use a
service URL to read claim data in accordance with the virtual data model (VDM) of Claims Management. Only
the data of the latest claim version is read.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-CM (Claims Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 001

Additional Details

The OData service returns the data about the latest version of a claim, in accordance with the VDM of the
Claims Management. This is the data of the following most important entities of the Insurance Claim Service
business object:

• Damaged Object
• Damaged Vehicle
• Injured Person
• Loss Location SFC
• Participant
• Payment
• Subrogation

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

342 PUBLIC Industries
Effects on System Administration

To use the Insurance Claim Service, the following authorization object must be assigned to the user:

• I_ICL_CTYP
• I_ICL_ACLM
• B_BUP_DCPD
• B_BUPA_GRP
• B_BUPA_RLT
• B_BUP_PCPT
• I_ICL_ACT
• I_ICL_SBRG
• I_ICL_SCLT
• I_INS_OBJ

Effects on Customizing

The Insurance Claim Service currently uses P&C LoB-specific entities.

15.3.1.3 Incentive and Sales Force Management

15.3.1.3.1 Reporting/Drilldown

The Customizing activities related to Reporting/Drilldown as well as the corresponding package have been
removed from Customizing.

Technical Details

Type Deleted

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-ICM (Incentive and Commission Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 343
Additional Details

You can find Reporting/Drilldown (Obsolete) in the Customizing for Incentive and Sales Force Management
under General Tools Information Systems Reporting/Drilldown (Obsolete) .

15.3.1.3.2 ODATA API: Commission Payment Item List

The Sales Agent API was renamed to Commission Payment Item List (API_CommsnDocPaymentItemList).

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-ICM (Incentive and Commission Management)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Commission Payment Item List - Read

15.3.1.4 msg.PMQ

15.3.1.4.1 Error Corrections and Usability Improvements

With this feature, smaller issues has been fixed and the usability has been improved.

Technical Details

Type Changed

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

344 PUBLIC Industries
Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-MPM (msg.PMQ)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

• PMQ.Designer
• The headless command SearchAndDelete generated exceptions regarding non-existent objects and
errors due to incorrectly adjusted value restrictions. These errors have been fixed.
• The state of the toggle button for column filters in the product navigator is now set correctly at the end
of a navigation.
• When importing QAR files, extension projects were not recognized as such in some constellations and
standard projects were created instead. This has been fixed.
• The quick fix for missing columns of internal tables now also works for tables with CSV data.
• The refactorings for creating, deleting and renaming table columns after creating, deleting or renaming
associated structure type fields now also works with tables with CSV data.
• When creating a CAIMAN content archive, errors could occur in connection with the encoding of
umlauts in the package name of the Java class files. This has been fixed.
• POTATO
• The use of the selection filter for table types has been adjusted. Only the table types that match the
filter criterion are displayed for checking.
• The loading of the POTATO configuration for the transformation into the current data version has been
corrected.

15.3.1.4.2 Export of Project Settings (UI Mode) and Import of

Project Settings for Multiple Projects (Headless
Mode)

This feature enables you to automatically transfer PMQ-specific project settings to multiple projects via import
using the headless command ImportProjectSettings. Please note that the headless import of project settings
affects all projects in the workspace, unlike execution via UI mode.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 345
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-MPM (msg.PMQ)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

It is also possible to export the settings of an individual project. These settings can then be used as a template
for importing project settings for multiple projects.

The associated action can be started on a selected project via File Export PMQ.Designer PMQ Project
Settings . By default, the user directory is suggested as the export path.

15.3.1.4.3 Checking Uniqueness Rules: Improved

Specification of the Scope of Application

This feature enables you to check uniqueness rules for a specific selection of projects. The Check Design Rules
action can be found in the context menu of the selected projects.

In addition, the ValidateDesignRules headless command has been expanded to include the option of specifying
the various projects as a list.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-MPM (msg.PMQ)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

346 PUBLIC Industries
15.3.1.4.4 Improvements for Team Comparison Editor

With this feature it is now possible to integrate changes for selected sub-trees using the new button
Completely integrate selected trees from right to left.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component FS-MPM (msg.PMQ)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

Further it is possible to make it easier to see when comparing internal tables (which are available in both the old
(XML) and the new (CSV) format), there is now a new line Separate data file under the General tab in the team
comparison editor. In addition, the Data tab shows for the respective entries whether the data section is filled
with content or not. If there is no content for the table entries, the entry <saved separately> is displayed in the
respective cells.

15.4 Public Services

15.4.1 Defense & Security

15.4.1.1 Extraction of Force Elements and Flexible Material

Planning Objects

You can use this feature to extract force element and flexible material planning object (FMPO) data to a local
file. A selection screen is provided for the user to select either force elements and/or FMPOs. You can then
select the file type and the destination for the file. The status of the download is displayed in a log overview.
Customer-specific fields that are added to the objects are automatically incorporated into the download file.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 347
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-OF-FMP (Flexible Material Planning Object)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.4.1.2 Improved Actual/Authorized Comparison Handling

This feature enables you to adjust the evaluation of the actual/authorized comparison output. New selection
capabilities are provided to additionally filter the output. These selection options are:

• Inclusion of installed equipment

• Assignment type: Flexible material planning object (FMPO) assignments can be assigned to force
elements and positions. Stock can also be available without any FMPO assignments. These are known
as unauthorized assignments.
• WBS elements

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-OF-FMP (Flexible Material Planning Object)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The actual/authorized comparison output can be influenced by the master data setting Exclusion Objects
Authorized and Actual Comparison. If a WBS element is maintained for a specific force element, viewing
restrictions apply to the actual/authorized comparison.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

348 PUBLIC Industries
15.4.1.3 Distribute and Forward Flight Order with Linked
Notification and Change Protection

This feature provides the capability to distribute flight orders between the SAP S/4HANA central system and
a disconnected remote server, thereby enabling an enhanced scope of business processes while operating at a
remote site working offline in a communication-challenged environment.

This includes the capability for a user to decide when saving a flight order or linked notification whether their
change protection is to be distributed on the basis of the work center entered.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-PM-DIS (Distributed Maintenance)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

1. The flight order represents an enhancement to the core maintenance work order. It is distributed with
its flight order-specific data using the same mobile data object as the core maintenance work order:
WORKORDER
2. Dialog box asking for a user decision regarding the distribution of the change protection for a flight order:
• If the flight order contains a work center for which the ownership (change protection) is found in a
different system to the one in which the flight order is currently being edited, when you save, a dialog
box appears asking you to decide how you want to distribute the change protection for the flight order.
• The following options exist:
• Cancel: The system does not save and returns to the edit mode for the flight order.
• Yes: The flight order is saved, and the change protection is distributed to the system in which the
work center has change protection.
• No: The flight order is saved without distribution of the change protection.
3. Distribution of change protection for a linked flight order and notification
• A link between a flight order and a notification can be created using a direct link within the order and
notification header.
• In the case of a linked flight order and notification, the change protection for both must be found in the
same system to ensure that they can be edited.
• If the dialog box mentioned above appears when you save a flight order or notification, and you confirm
this with Yes, the change protection is distributed for both the edited flight order or notification and

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 349
 the corresponding linked object, to ensure that these are consistent and can be edited in a single
system.

15.4.1.4 Distribute Internal Order and Accounting Group

Hierarchies

This feature provides the capability to distribute internal orders and various accounting group hierarchies
between the SAP S/4HANA central system and a disconnected remote server. This enables additional
functions in the area of accounting, while operating at a remote site working offline in a communication-
challenged environment.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-BIT-DIS (Distributed System Landscape)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

1. Internal order
• Only those specific internal orders are derived for distribution from the SAP S/4HANA central system
to the disconnected remote server that are assigned to cost elements in the accounting configuration
table TKA3A.
• Initial data distribution is performed using a subscription, while delta distribution is triggered using the
report DFS_DIS_NONEFIOBJ_SYNC.
2. Accounting group hierarchies
• Group hierarchies can be distributed from the SAP S/4HANA central system to the disconnected
remote server for the following accounting data:
• Order
• Activity type
• Cost center
• Profit center
• Cost element
• Initial and delta data distribution for accounting group hierarchies is performed by executing the report
DFS_DIS_SAD_UTIL (distribution of special application data) within the transaction DFS_DIS_SAD.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

350 PUBLIC Industries
15.4.1.5 Distribute Data for Multiple Business Objects in the
Area of Product Safety

This feature provides the capability to distribute selected data in the area of product safety between the SAP
S/4HANA central system and a disconnected remote server. This enables an enhanced scope of business
processes while operating at a remote site working offline in a communication-challenged environment.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-BIT-DIS (Distributed System Landscape)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following data can be distributed in the area of product safety:

• Phrases
• Dangerous goods
• Hazardous materials
• Hazardous substances

Since these business objects are considered to be master data without change protection, initial and delta data
distribution from the central system to the remote server is supported, whereas creating or updating such data
on the remote server is not permitted.

15.4.1.6 Distribute Project Definition and WBS Element

This feature provides the capability to distribute project definitions and WBS elements between the SAP
S/4HANA central system and a disconnected remote server. This enables an enhanced scope of business
processes in maintenance and supply, while operating at a remote site working offline in a communication-
challenged environment.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 351
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-BIT-DIS (Distributed System Landscape)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following data in the SAP Project System can be distributed:

• Project definitions
• Work breakdown structure (WBS) elements

Since these business objects are considered to be master data without change protection, initial and delta data
distribution from the central system to the remote server is supported, whereas creating or updating this data
on the remote server is not permitted.

15.4.1.7 Enable Cross-System Supply Including Handling Unit

and Packing Instruction Determination

This feature provides the capability to distribute handling units that are created when goods are packed during
the delivery process using packing instruction determination between the SAP S/4HANA central system and a
disconnected remote server. This enables an enhanced supply business processes scope, while operating at a
remote site working offline in a communication-challenged environment.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-MM-DIS (Distributed Materials Management )

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

352 PUBLIC Industries
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Additional Details

The following data can be distributed:

• Handling unit related to the flexible material planning object (FMPO)

• Handling unit created during packing in the outbound delivery
• Packing instruction related to the FMPO
• Packing instruction related to the material

By distributing the data between the central system and the remote server, the following is possible:

• Display the distributed data in the target system

• Continue the cross-system supply process using handling units

15.4.1.8 Enable Consistent Data Distribution for Online/

Offline Connectivity Situations

This feature provides the capability for a system landscape administrator to manually set the connection status
between the SAP S/4HANA central system and a disconnected remote server to offline and back to online.
When systems have the offline connectivity status, they stop sending queues for created or updated data.
Once they return to the online connectivity status, the queues can be triggered for processing to continue and
complete the data distribution.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-BIT-DIS (Distributed System Landscape)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 353
Additional Details

The following options exist for setting the connectivity status between the central system and a remote server:

• Set connectivity status to offline using transaction code /isdfps/set_offline

• Set connectivity status to online using transaction code /isdfps/set_online

Once you have set the connectivity status back to online, you can trigger the restart of the queues that have not
yet been processed using the report /SMFND/IBQ_TRANS_PROC_PROG.

15.4.1.9 Force Element, Search and Select

You can use this feature to search for a single force element or a list of force elements by selecting an
appropriate template that can help refine your search.

The following templates are available:

• Force Elements by Names

• Force Elements by Plant/Storage Location
• Force Elements by Work Center
• Force Elements by Capability
• Force Elements by FMPO
• Force Elements Supplied By
• Force Elements Supply
• Force Elements Maintained By
• Force Elements Maintain

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-OF-FE (Force Element (S/4))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

354 PUBLIC Industries
15.4.1.10 Force Element and Position Apps Extensibility

This feature enables additional extensibility capabilities for the Manage Force Elements and Manage
Positions apps. To improve solution flexibility and to better incorporate additional customer-specific business
requirements, it allows usage of the following:

• Customer fields in standard infotypes

• Customer infotypes
• Customer facets

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-OF-FE (Force Element (S/4))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.4.1.11 Status Board Extensibility

This feature enables additional extensibility capabilities. To increase solution flexibility and to better
incorporate additional customer-specific business requirements, it allows the usage of customer fields and
customer-calculated fields:

• On the status board as search, sort, or filter criteria

• In the status board list view and detailed view
• On the header of the status board detailed view
• On the different facets of the detailed view (for example, Notification or Work Order)

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 355
Application Component IS-DFS-PM-MNT (Maintenance (S/4))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.4.1.12 Status Board Site Equipment Tab

This feature improves analyses of site equipment by providing a dedicated tab in the Display Status Board
list view and a dedicated detailed view. Both include cross-status board features, such as alert triggering,
hyperlinks, or extensibility capabilities.

Since the management of site equipment is optional, the usage and appearance of the functionality is
dynamically activated or deactivated in Customizing to improve usability.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-PM-MNT (Maintenance (S/4))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.4.1.13 Status Board – Start Controlled Usage Rate

This feature provides a dynamic integration that allows a navigation from the Status Board app to the
Controlled Usage Rate app. In the list view, you can select equipment and compare their usage rates. This
improves the decision-making process regarding equipment rotation.

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

356 PUBLIC Industries
Application Component IS-DFS-PM-MNT (Maintenance (S/4))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.4.1.14 Status Board – Force Element Structure Search

This feature enables the force element structure and force element multiple selection to be used when
searching for equipment.

The following functions are included:

• Usage type selection (for example, organizational structure, operational, exercises)

• Expandable hierarchy view
• Subtree selection and deselection

Technical Details

Type Changed

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-DFS-PM-MNT (Maintenance (S/4))

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

15.4.2 Public Sector

15.4.2.1 Public Sector Management

15.4.2.1.1 Funds Management

15.4.2.1.1.1 'Manage Earmarked Funds' Fiori App with U.S.

Federal Fields

This feature enables you to display and maintain U.S. federal-specific fields in the SAP Fiori app Manage
Earmarked Funds (F7564).

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 357
Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-FG (Functions for U.S. Federal Governments)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

Effects on Customizing

To use this feature, you have to activate the U.S. Federal fields in Customizing under Public Sector
Management Functions for US Federal Government General Settings Activate US Federal Fields in SAP
Fiori Apps .

Related Information

Manage Earmarked Funds

15.4.2.1.1.2 'Manage Funds Centers' Fiori App with Profit

Center

This feature enables you to display and maintain profit centers in the SAP Fiori app Manage Funds Center
(F0772A).

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component PSM-FM (Funds Management)

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

358 PUBLIC Industries
Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 SPS01

Related Information

Manage Funds Centers

15.4.2.1.2 Tax and Revenue Management

15.4.2.1.2.1 Generate UI5 Forms

This feature enables you to generate and use UI5 Forms in the Form Processing Framework in Tax and Revenue
Management.

Technical Details

Type New

Functional Localization Not applicable

Scope Item Not applicable

Application Component IS-PS-CA (Public Sector Contract Accounts Receivable and

Payable)

Valid as Of SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Related Information

Generating UI5 Forms

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

Industries PUBLIC 359
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information

Hyperlinks
Some links are classified by an icon and/or a mouseover text. These links provide additional information.
About the icons:

• Links with the icon : You are entering a Web site that is not hosted by SAP. By using such links, you agree (unless expressly stated otherwise in your
agreements with SAP) to this:

• The content of the linked-to site is not SAP documentation. You may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this information.

• SAP does not agree or disagree with the content on the linked-to site, nor does SAP warrant the availability and correctness. SAP shall not be liable for any
damages caused by the use of such content unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

• Links with the icon : You are leaving the documentation for that particular SAP product or service and are entering an SAP-hosted Web site. By using
such links, you agree that (unless expressly stated otherwise in your agreements with SAP) you may not infer any product claims against SAP based on this
information.

Videos Hosted on External Platforms

Some videos may point to third-party video hosting platforms. SAP cannot guarantee the future availability of videos stored on these platforms. Furthermore, any
advertisements or other content hosted on these platforms (for example, suggested videos or by navigating to other videos hosted on the same site), are not within
the control or responsibility of SAP.

Beta and Other Experimental Features

Experimental features are not part of the officially delivered scope that SAP guarantees for future releases. This means that experimental features may be changed by
SAP at any time for any reason without notice. Experimental features are not for productive use. You may not demonstrate, test, examine, evaluate or otherwise use
the experimental features in a live operating environment or with data that has not been sufficiently backed up.
The purpose of experimental features is to get feedback early on, allowing customers and partners to influence the future product accordingly. By providing your
feedback (e.g. in the SAP Community), you accept that intellectual property rights of the contributions or derivative works shall remain the exclusive property of SAP.

Example Code
Any software coding and/or code snippets are examples. They are not for productive use. The example code is only intended to better explain and visualize the syntax
and phrasing rules. SAP does not warrant the correctness and completeness of the example code. SAP shall not be liable for errors or damages caused by the use of
example code unless damages have been caused by SAP's gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Bias-Free Language
SAP supports a culture of diversity and inclusion. Whenever possible, we use unbiased language in our documentation to refer to people of all cultures, ethnicities,
genders, and abilities.

What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01

360 PUBLIC Important Disclaimers and Legal Information
What's New in SAP S/4HANA 2023 FPS01
Important Disclaimers and Legal Information PUBLIC 361
www.sap.com/contactsap

© 2024 SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company. All rights reserved.

No part of this publication may be reproduced or transmitted in any form

or for any purpose without the express permission of SAP SE or an SAP
affiliate company. The information contained herein may be changed
without prior notice.

Some software products marketed by SAP SE and its distributors

contain proprietary software components of other software vendors.
National product specifications may vary.

These materials are provided by SAP SE or an SAP affiliate company for

informational purposes only, without representation or warranty of any
kind, and SAP or its affiliated companies shall not be liable for errors or
omissions with respect to the materials. The only warranties for SAP or
SAP affiliate company products and services are those that are set forth
in the express warranty statements accompanying such products and
services, if any. Nothing herein should be construed as constituting an
additional warranty.

SAP and other SAP products and services mentioned herein as well as
their respective logos are trademarks or registered trademarks of SAP
SE (or an SAP affiliate company) in Germany and other countries. All
other product and service names mentioned are the trademarks of their
respective companies.

Please see https://www.sap.com/about/legal/trademark.html for

additional trademark information and notices.

THE BEST RUN